Skip to main content
summaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
blob: dc4056703781c2f5b59dbc1bcedc2b6b3f47ddeb (plain) (blame)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
4089
4090
4091
4092
4093
4094
4095
4096
4097
4098
4099
4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
4174
4175
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
4236
4237
4238
4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353
4354
4355
4356
4357
4358
4359
4360
4361
4362
4363
4364
4365
4366
4367
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
4408
4409
4410
4411
4412
4413
4414
4415
4416
4417
4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423
4424
4425
4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485
4486
4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
4499
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526
4527
4528
4529
4530
4531
4532
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540
4541
4542
4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
4548
4549
4550
4551
4552
4553
4554
4555
4556
4557
4558
4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
4606
4607
4608
4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617
4618
4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
4649
4650
4651
4652
4653
4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662
4663
4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689
4690
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738
4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744
4745
4746
4747
4748
4749
4750
4751
4752
4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760
4761
4762
4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768
4769
4770
4771
4772
4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
4778
4779
4780
4781
4782
4783
4784
4785
4786
4787
4788
4789
4790
4791
4792
4793
4794
4795
4796
4797
4798
4799
4800
4801
4802
4803
4804
4805
4806
4807
4808
4809
4810
4811
4812
4813
4814
4815
4816
4817
4818
4819
4820
4821
4822
4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
4834
4835
4836
4837
4838
4839
4840
4841
4842
4843
4844
4845
4846
4847
4848
4849
4850
4851
4852
4853
4854
4855
4856
4857
4858
4859
4860
4861
4862
4863
4864
4865
4866
4867
4868
4869
4870
4871
4872
4873
4874
4875
4876
4877
4878
4879
4880
4881
4882
4883
4884
4885
4886
4887
4888
4889
4890
4891
4892
4893
4894
4895
4896
4897
4898
4899
4900
4901
4902
4903
4904
4905
4906
4907
4908
4909
4910
4911
4912
4913
4914
4915
4916
4917
4918
4919
4920
4921
4922
4923
4924
4925
4926
4927
4928
4929
4930
4931
4932
4933
4934
4935
4936
4937
4938
4939
4940
4941
4942
4943
4944
4945
4946
4947
4948
4949
4950
4951
4952
4953
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
4966
4967
4968
4969
4970
4971
4972
4973
4974
4975
4976
4977
4978
4979
4980
4981
4982
4983
4984
4985
4986
4987
4988
4989
4990
4991
4992
4993
4994
4995
4996
4997
4998
4999
5000
5001
5002
5003
5004
5005
5006
5007
5008
5009
5010
5011
5012
5013
5014
5015
5016
5017
5018
5019
5020
5021
5022
5023
5024
5025
5026
5027
5028
5029
5030
5031
5032
5033
5034
5035
5036
5037
5038
5039
5040
5041
5042
5043
5044
5045
5046
5047
5048
5049
5050
5051
5052
5053
5054
5055
5056
5057
5058
5059
5060
5061
5062
5063
5064
5065
5066
5067
5068
5069
5070
5071
5072
5073
5074
5075
5076
5077
5078
5079
5080
5081
5082
5083
5084
5085
5086
5087
5088
5089
5090
5091
5092
5093
5094
5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
5107
5108
5109
5110
5111
5112
5113
5114
5115
5116
5117
5118
5119
5120
5121
5122
5123
5124
5125
5126
5127
5128
5129
5130
5131
5132
5133
5134
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153
5154
5155
5156
5157
5158
5159
5160
5161
5162
5163
5164
5165
5166
5167
5168
5169
5170
5171
5172
5173
5174
5175
5176
5177
5178
5179
5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
5195
5196
5197
5198
5199
5200
5201
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5208
5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222
5223
5224
5225
5226
5227
5228
5229
5230
5231
5232
5233
5234
5235
5236
5237
5238
5239
5240
5241
5242
5243
5244
5245
5246
5247
5248
5249
5250
5251
5252
5253
5254
5255
5256
5257
5258
5259
5260
5261
5262
5263
5264
5265
5266
5267
5268
5269
5270
5271
5272
5273
5274
5275
5276
5277
5278
5279
5280
5281
5282
5283
5284
5285
5286
5287
5288
5289
5290
5291
5292
5293
5294
5295
5296
5297
5298
5299
5300
5301
5302
5303
5304
5305
5306
5307
5308
5309
5310
5311
5312
5313
5314
5315
5316
5317
5318
5319
5320
5321
5322
5323
5324
5325
5326
5327
5328
5329
5330
5331
5332
5333
5334
5335
5336
5337
5338
5339
5340
5341
5342
5343
5344
5345
5346
5347
5348
5349
5350
5351
5352
5353
5354
5355
5356
5357
5358
5359
5360
5361
5362
5363
5364
5365
5366
5367
5368
5369
5370
5371
5372
5373
5374
5375
5376
5377
5378
5379
5380
5381
5382
5383
5384
5385
5386
5387
5388
5389
5390
5391
5392
5393
5394
5395
5396
5397
5398
5399
5400
5401
5402
5403
5404
5405
5406
5407
5408
5409
5410
5411
5412
5413
5414
5415
5416
5417
5418
5419
5420
5421
5422
5423
5424
5425
5426
5427
5428
5429
5430
5431
5432
5433
5434
5435
5436
5437
5438
5439
5440
5441
5442
5443
5444
5445
5446
5447
5448
5449
5450
5451
5452
5453
5454
5455
5456
5457
5458
5459
5460
5461
5462
5463
5464
5465
5466
5467
5468
5469
5470
5471
5472
5473
5474
5475
5476
5477
5478
5479
5480
5481
5482
5483
5484
5485
5486
5487
5488
5489
5490
5491
5492
5493
5494
5495
5496
5497
5498
5499
5500
5501
5502
5503
5504
5505
5506
5507
5508
5509
5510
5511
5512
5513
5514
5515
5516
5517
5518
5519
5520
5521
5522
5523
5524
5525
5526
5527
5528
5529
5530
5531
5532
5533
5534
5535
5536
5537
5538
5539
5540
5541
5542
5543
5544
5545
5546
5547
5548
5549
5550
5551
5552
5553
5554
5555
5556
5557
5558
5559
5560
5561
5562
5563
5564
5565
5566
5567
5568
5569
5570
5571
5572
5573
5574
5575
5576
5577
5578
5579
5580
5581
5582
5583
5584
5585
5586
5587
5588
5589
5590
5591
5592
5593
5594
5595
5596
5597
5598
5599
5600
5601
5602
5603
5604
5605
5606
5607
5608
5609
5610
5611
5612
5613
5614
5615
5616
5617
5618
5619
5620
5621
5622
5623
5624
5625
5626
5627
5628
5629
5630
5631
5632
5633
5634
5635
5636
5637
5638
5639
5640
5641
5642
5643
5644
5645
5646
5647
5648
5649
5650
5651
5652
5653
5654
5655
5656
5657
5658
5659
5660
5661
5662
5663
5664
5665
5666
5667
5668
5669
5670
5671
5672
5673
5674
5675
5676
5677
5678
5679
5680
5681
5682
5683
5684
5685
5686
5687
5688
5689
5690
5691
5692
5693
5694
5695
5696
5697
5698
5699
5700
5701
5702
5703
5704
5705
5706
5707
5708
5709
5710
5711
5712
5713
5714
5715
5716
5717
5718
5719
5720
5721
5722
5723
5724
5725
5726
5727
5728
5729
5730
5731
5732
5733
5734
5735
5736
5737
5738
5739
5740
5741
5742
5743
5744
5745
5746
5747
5748
5749
5750
5751
5752
5753
5754
5755
5756
5757
5758
5759
5760
5761
5762
5763
5764
5765
5766
5767
5768
5769
5770
5771
5772
5773
5774
5775
5776
5777
5778
5779
5780
5781
5782
5783
5784
5785
5786
5787
5788
5789
5790
5791
5792
5793
5794
5795
5796
5797
5798
5799
5800
5801
5802
5803
5804
5805
5806
5807
5808
5809
5810
5811
5812
5813
5814
5815
5816
5817
5818
5819
5820
5821
5822
5823
5824
5825
5826
5827
5828
5829
5830
5831
5832
5833
5834
5835
5836
5837
5838
5839
5840
5841
5842
5843
5844
5845
5846
5847
5848
5849
5850
5851
5852
5853
5854
5855
5856
5857
5858
5859
5860
5861
5862
5863
5864
5865
5866
5867
5868
5869
5870
5871
5872
5873
5874
5875
5876
5877
5878
5879
5880
5881
5882
5883
5884
5885
5886
5887
5888
5889
5890
5891
5892
5893
5894
5895
5896
5897
5898
5899
5900
5901
5902
5903
5904
5905
5906
5907
5908
5909
5910
5911
5912
5913
5914
5915
5916
5917
5918
5919
5920
5921
5922
5923
5924
5925
5926
5927
5928
5929
5930
5931
5932
5933
5934
5935
5936
5937
5938
5939
5940
5941
5942
5943
5944
5945
5946
5947
5948
5949
5950
5951
5952
5953
5954
5955
5956
5957
5958
5959
5960
5961
5962
5963
5964
5965
5966
5967
5968
5969
5970
5971
5972
5973
5974
5975
5976
5977
5978
5979
5980
5981
5982
5983
5984
5985
5986
5987
5988
5989
5990
5991
5992
5993
5994
5995
5996
5997
5998
5999
6000
6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010
6011
6012
6013
6014
6015
6016
6017
6018
6019
6020
6021
6022
6023
6024
6025
6026
6027
6028
6029
6030
6031
6032
6033
6034
6035
6036
6037
6038
6039
6040
6041
6042
6043
6044
6045
6046
6047
6048
6049
6050
6051
6052
6053
6054
6055
6056
6057
6058
6059
6060
6061
6062
6063
6064
6065
6066
6067
6068
6069
6070
6071
6072
6073
6074
6075
6076
6077
6078
6079
6080
6081
6082
6083
6084
6085
6086
6087
6088
6089
6090
6091
6092
6093
6094
6095
6096
6097
6098
6099
6100
6101
6102
6103
6104
6105
6106
6107
6108
6109
6110
6111
6112
6113
6114
6115
6116
6117
6118
6119
6120
6121
6122
6123
6124
6125
6126
6127
6128
6129
6130
6131
6132
6133
6134
6135
6136
6137
6138
6139
6140
6141
6142
6143
6144
6145
6146
6147
6148
6149
6150
6151
6152
6153
6154
6155
6156
6157
6158
6159
6160
6161
6162
6163
6164
6165
6166
6167
6168
6169
6170
6171
6172
6173
6174
6175
6176
6177
6178
6179
6180
6181
6182
6183
6184
6185
6186
6187
6188
6189
6190
6191
6192
6193
6194
6195
6196
6197
6198
6199
6200
6201
6202
6203
6204
6205
6206
6207
6208
6209
6210
6211
6212
6213
6214
6215
6216
6217
6218
6219
6220
6221
6222
6223
6224
6225
6226
6227
6228
6229
6230
6231
6232
6233
6234
6235
6236
6237
6238
6239
6240
6241
6242
6243
6244
6245
6246
6247
6248
6249
6250
6251
6252
6253
6254
6255
6256
6257
6258
6259
6260
6261
6262
6263
6264
6265
6266
6267
6268
6269
6270
6271
6272
6273
6274
6275
6276
6277
6278
6279
6280
6281
6282
6283
6284
6285
6286
6287
6288
6289
6290
6291
6292
6293
6294
6295
6296
6297
6298
6299
6300
6301
6302
6303
6304
6305
6306
6307
6308
6309
6310
6311
6312
6313
6314
6315
6316
6317
6318
6319
6320
6321
6322
6323
6324
6325
6326
6327
6328
6329
6330
6331
6332
6333
6334
6335
6336
6337
6338
6339
6340
6341
6342
6343
6344
6345
6346
6347
6348
6349
6350
6351
6352
6353
6354
6355
6356
6357
6358
6359
6360
6361
6362
6363
6364
6365
6366
6367
6368
6369
6370
6371
6372
6373
6374
6375
6376
6377
6378
6379
6380
6381
6382
6383
6384
6385
6386
6387
6388
6389
6390
6391
6392
6393
6394
6395
6396
6397
6398
6399
6400
6401
6402
6403
6404
6405
6406
6407
6408
6409
6410
6411
6412
6413
6414
6415
6416
6417
6418
6419
6420
6421
6422
6423
6424
6425
6426
6427
6428
6429
6430
6431
6432
6433
6434
6435
6436
6437
6438
6439
6440
6441
6442
6443
6444
6445
6446
6447
6448
6449
6450
6451
6452
6453
6454
6455
6456
6457
6458
6459
6460
6461
6462
6463
6464
6465
6466
6467
6468
6469
6470
6471
6472
6473
6474
6475
6476
6477
6478
6479
6480
6481
6482
6483
6484
6485
6486
6487
6488
6489
6490
6491
6492
6493
6494
6495
6496
6497
6498
6499
6500
6501
6502
6503
6504
6505
6506
6507
6508
6509
6510
6511
6512
6513
6514
6515
6516
6517
6518
6519
6520
6521
6522
6523
6524
6525
6526
6527
6528
6529
6530
6531
6532
6533
6534
6535
6536
6537
6538
6539
6540
6541
6542
6543
6544
6545
6546
6547
6548
6549
6550
6551
6552
6553
6554
6555
6556
6557
6558
6559
6560
6561
6562
6563
6564
6565
6566
6567
6568
6569
6570
6571
6572
6573
6574
6575
6576
6577
6578
6579
6580
6581
6582
6583
6584
6585
6586
6587
6588
6589
6590
6591
6592
6593
6594
6595
6596
6597
6598
6599
6600
6601
6602
6603
6604
6605
6606
6607
6608
6609
6610
6611
6612
6613
6614
6615
6616
6617
6618
6619
6620
6621
6622
6623
6624
6625
6626
6627
6628
6629
6630
6631
6632
6633
6634
6635
6636
6637
6638
6639
6640
6641
6642
6643
6644
6645
6646
6647
6648
6649
6650
6651
6652
6653
6654
6655
6656
6657
6658
6659
6660
6661
6662
6663
6664
6665
6666
6667
6668
6669
6670
6671
6672
6673
6674
6675
6676
6677
6678
6679
6680
6681
6682
6683
6684
6685
6686
6687
6688
6689
6690
6691
6692
6693
6694
6695
6696
6697
6698
6699
6700
6701
6702
6703
6704
6705
6706
6707
6708
6709
6710
6711
6712
6713
6714
6715
6716
6717
6718
6719
6720
6721
6722
6723
6724
6725
6726
6727
6728
6729
6730
6731
6732
6733
6734
6735
6736
6737
6738
6739
6740
6741
6742
6743
6744
6745
6746
6747
6748
6749
6750
6751
6752
6753
6754
6755
6756
6757
6758
6759
6760
6761
6762
6763
6764
6765
6766
6767
6768
6769
6770
6771
6772
6773
6774
6775
6776
6777
6778
6779
6780
6781
6782
6783
6784
6785
6786
6787
6788
6789
6790
6791
6792
6793
6794
6795
6796
6797
6798
6799
6800
6801
6802
6803
6804
6805
6806
6807
6808
6809
6810
6811
6812
6813
6814
6815
6816
6817
6818
6819
6820
6821
6822
6823
6824
6825
6826
6827
6828
6829
6830
6831
6832
6833
6834
6835
6836
6837
6838
6839
6840
6841
6842
6843
6844
6845
6846
6847
6848
6849
6850
6851
6852
6853
6854
6855
6856
6857
6858
6859
6860
6861
6862
6863
6864
6865
6866
6867
6868
6869
6870
6871
6872
6873
6874
6875
6876
6877
6878
6879
6880
6881
6882
6883
6884
6885
6886
6887
6888
6889
6890
6891
6892
6893
6894
6895
6896
6897
6898
6899
6900
6901
6902
6903
6904
6905
6906
6907
6908
6909
6910
6911
6912
6913
6914
6915
6916
6917
6918
6919
6920
6921
6922
6923
6924
6925
6926
6927
6928
6929
6930
6931
6932
6933
6934
6935
6936
6937
6938
6939
6940
6941
6942
6943
6944
6945
6946
6947
6948
6949
6950
6951
6952
6953
6954
6955
6956
6957
6958
6959
6960
6961
6962
6963
6964
6965
6966
6967
6968
6969
6970
6971
6972
6973
6974
6975
6976
6977
6978
6979
6980
6981
6982
6983
6984
6985
6986
6987
6988
6989
6990
6991
6992
6993
6994
6995
6996
6997
6998
6999
7000
7001
7002
7003
7004
7005
7006
7007
7008
7009
7010
7011
7012
7013
7014
7015
7016
7017
7018
7019
7020
7021
7022
7023
7024
7025
7026
7027
7028
7029
7030
7031
7032
7033
7034
7035
7036
7037
7038
7039
7040
7041
7042
7043
7044
7045
7046
7047
7048
7049
7050
7051
7052
7053
7054
7055
7056
7057
7058
7059
7060
7061
7062
7063
7064
7065
7066
7067
7068
7069
7070
7071
7072
7073
7074
7075
7076
7077
7078
7079
7080
7081
7082
7083
7084
7085
7086
7087
7088
7089
7090
7091
7092
7093
7094
7095
7096
7097
7098
7099
7100
7101
7102
7103
7104
7105
7106
7107
7108
7109
7110
7111
7112
7113
7114
7115
7116
7117
7118
7119
7120
7121
7122
7123
7124
7125
7126
7127
7128
7129
7130
7131
7132
7133
7134
7135
7136
7137
7138
7139
7140
7141
7142
7143
7144
7145
7146
7147
7148
7149
7150
7151
7152
7153
7154
7155
7156
7157
7158
7159
7160
7161
7162
7163
7164
7165
7166
7167
7168
7169
7170
7171
7172
7173
7174
7175
7176
7177
7178
7179
7180
7181
7182
7183
7184
7185
7186
7187
7188
7189
7190
7191
7192
7193
7194
7195
7196
7197
7198
7199
7200
7201
7202
7203
7204
7205
7206
7207
7208
7209
7210
7211
7212
7213
7214
7215
7216
7217
7218
7219
7220
7221
7222
7223
7224
7225
7226
7227
7228
7229
7230
7231
7232
7233
7234
7235
7236
7237
7238
7239
7240
7241
7242
7243
7244
7245
7246
7247
7248
7249
7250
7251
7252
7253
7254
7255
7256
7257
7258
7259
7260
7261
7262
7263
7264
7265
7266
7267
7268
7269
7270
7271
7272
7273
7274
7275
7276
7277
7278
7279
7280
7281
7282
7283
7284
7285
7286
7287
7288
7289
7290
7291
7292
7293
7294
7295
7296
7297
7298
7299
7300
7301
7302
7303
7304
7305
7306
7307
7308
7309
7310
7311
7312
7313
7314
7315
7316
7317
7318
7319
7320
7321
7322
7323
7324
7325
7326
7327
7328
7329
7330
7331
7332
7333
7334
7335
7336
7337
7338
7339
7340
7341
7342
7343
7344
7345
7346
7347
7348
7349
7350
7351
7352
7353
7354
7355
7356
7357
7358
7359
7360
7361
7362
7363
7364
7365
7366
7367
7368
7369
7370
7371
7372
7373
7374
7375
7376
7377
7378
7379
7380
7381
7382
7383
7384
7385
7386
7387
7388
7389
7390
7391
7392
7393
7394
7395
7396
7397
7398
7399
7400
7401
7402
7403
7404
7405
7406
7407
7408
7409
7410
7411
7412
7413
7414
7415
7416
7417
7418
7419
7420
7421
7422
7423
7424
7425
7426
7427
7428
7429
7430
7431
7432
7433
7434
7435
7436
7437
7438
7439
7440
7441
7442
7443
7444
7445
7446
7447
7448
7449
7450
7451
7452
7453
7454
7455
7456
7457
7458
7459
7460
7461
7462
7463
7464
7465
7466
7467
7468
7469
7470
7471
7472
7473
7474
7475
7476
7477
7478
7479
7480
7481
7482
7483
7484
7485
7486
7487
7488
7489
7490
7491
7492
7493
7494
7495
7496
7497
7498
7499
7500
7501
7502
7503
7504
7505
7506
7507
7508
7509
7510
7511
7512
7513
7514
7515
7516
7517
7518
7519
7520
7521
7522
7523
7524
7525
7526
7527
7528
7529
7530
7531
7532
7533
7534
7535
7536
7537
7538
7539
7540
7541
7542
7543
7544
7545
7546
7547
7548
7549
7550
7551
7552
7553
7554
7555
7556
7557
7558
7559
7560
7561
7562
7563
7564
7565
7566
7567
7568
7569
7570
7571
7572
7573
7574
7575
7576
7577
7578
7579
7580
7581
7582
7583
7584
7585
7586
7587
7588
7589
7590
7591
7592
7593
7594
7595
7596
7597
7598
7599
7600
7601
7602
7603
7604
7605
7606
7607
7608
7609
7610
7611
7612
7613
7614
7615
7616
7617
7618
7619
7620
7621
7622
7623
7624
7625
7626
7627
7628
7629
7630
7631
7632
7633
7634
7635
7636
7637
7638
7639
7640
7641
7642
7643
7644
7645
7646
7647
7648
7649
7650
7651
7652
7653
7654
7655
7656
7657
7658
7659
7660
7661
7662
7663
7664
7665
7666
7667
7668
7669
7670
7671
7672
7673
7674
7675
7676
7677
7678
7679
7680
7681
7682
7683
7684
7685
7686
7687
7688
7689
7690
7691
7692
7693
7694
7695
7696
7697
7698
7699
7700
7701
7702
7703
7704
7705
7706
7707
7708
7709
7710
7711
7712
7713
7714
7715
7716
7717
7718
7719
7720
7721
7722
7723
7724
7725
7726
7727
7728
7729
7730
7731
7732
7733
7734
7735
7736
7737
7738
7739
7740
7741
7742
7743
7744
7745
7746
7747
7748
7749
7750
7751
7752
7753
7754
7755
7756
7757
7758
7759
7760
7761
7762
7763
7764
7765
7766
7767
7768
7769
7770
7771
7772
7773
7774
7775
7776
7777
7778
7779
7780
7781
7782
7783
7784
7785
7786
7787
7788
7789
7790
7791
7792
7793
7794
7795
7796
7797
7798
7799
7800
7801
7802
7803
7804
7805
7806
7807
7808
7809
7810
7811
7812
7813
7814
7815
7816
7817
7818
7819
7820
7821
7822
7823
7824
7825
7826
7827
7828
7829
7830
7831
7832
7833
7834
7835
7836
7837
7838
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
<html lang="en" xmlns:v="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:vml" xmlns:o="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:office:office" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40">
<head>
  <meta http-equiv="Content-Type"
 content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1">
  <meta name="GENERATOR" content="Microsoft FrontPage 6.0">
  <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">

  <title>Managed Build System Extensibility Document</title>
  <link rel="stylesheet"
 href="http://dev.eclipse.org/viewcvs/index.cgi/%7Echeckout%7E/cdt-home/cdt.css?cvsroot=Tools_Project"
 type="text/css">
  <link rel="stylesheet" href="../../../book.css" type="text/css">
	<style>
<!--
h3
	{margin-top:12.0pt;
	margin-right:0in;
	margin-bottom:3.0pt;
	margin-left:0in;
	page-break-after:avoid;
	font-size:13.0pt;
	font-family:Arial}
-->
  </style>
	<!--[if !mso]>
	<style>h2
	{margin-top:12.0pt;
	margin-right:0in;
	margin-bottom:3.0pt;
	margin-left:0in;
	page-break-after:avoid;
	font-size:14.0pt;
	font-family:Arial;
	font-style:italic}
table.MsoTableGrid
	{border:1.0pt solid windowtext;
	font-size:10.0pt;
	font-family:"Times New Roman";
	}
 li.MsoNormal
	{mso-style-parent:"";
	margin-bottom:.0001pt;
	font-size:12.0pt;
	font-family:"Times New Roman";
	margin-left:0in; margin-right:0in; margin-top:0in}
  h4
	{margin-top:12.0pt;
	margin-right:0in;
	margin-bottom:3.0pt;
	margin-left:.6in;
	text-indent:-.6in;
	page-break-after:avoid;
	tab-stops:list .6in;
	font-size:12.0pt;
	font-family:"Times New Roman";
	}
 table.MsoNormalTable
	{mso-style-parent:"";
	font-size:10.0pt;
	font-family:"Times New Roman";
	}
</style>
	<![endif]-->
</head>
<body>
<!-- Document Header -->
<table border="0" cellpadding="2" width="100%">
  <tbody>
    <tr>
      <td align="left" width="72%">Managed Build
System Extensibility Document<br>
      This document describes the design of the
managed build system and how to extend it.</td>
      <td width="28%"><img src="http://dev.eclipse.org/images/Idea.jpg"
 alt="idea" height="86" width="120"></td>
    </tr>
  </tbody>
</table>
<table border="1">
 <tr>
    <td width="50%" rowspan="4">Authors</td>
    <td width="50%"> <a href="mailto:sevoy@ca.ibm.com">Sean Evoy</a></td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td width="50%"><a href="mailto:leo.treggiari@intel.com">Leo Treggiari</a></td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td width="50%"><a href="mailto:mikhail.sennikovsky@intel.com">Mikhail 
	Sennikovsky</a></td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
  <td width="50%"><a href="mailto:recoskie@ca.ibm.com">Chris Recoskie</a></td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td width="50%" rowspan="8">Revision Date</td>
    <td width="50%">10/21/2003 - Version: 0.1.0</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td width="50%">09/10/2004 - Version: 2.0.0</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td width="50%">11/08/2004 - Version: 2.1.0</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td width="50%">8/10/2005 - Version 3.0.0</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td width="50%">9/28/2005 - Version 3.0.1</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td width="50%">05/09/06 - Version 3.1</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td width="50%">06/22/07 - Version 4.0</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td width="50%">02/23/11 - Version 4.0.1</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td width="50%" rowspan="8">Change History</td>
    <td width="50%" height="22">0.1.0 - Document Creation</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td width="50%">2.0.0 - Updated for CDT 2.0</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td width="50%">2.1.0 - Updated for CDT 2.1</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td width="50%">3.0 - Updated for CDT 3.0</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td width="50%">3.0.1 - Updated for CDT 3.0.1</td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
    <td width="50%">3.1 - Updated for CDT 3.1</td>
  </tr>
	<tr>
    <td width="50%">4.0 - Added link to
	<a href="../../cdt_build_system/whats_new/4.0/whats_new_CBS_40.html">&quot;what's 
	new in 4.0&quot; document</a></td>
  </tr>
    <tr>
    <td width="50%">4.0.1 - Added Option/Category Enablement as of CDT 8.0</td>
  </tr>
</table>
<br>
<!-- End of Document Header --><!-- Table of Contents -->
<div class="section">Table of Contents</div>
<br>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionIntro">1 Introduction</a>
<A href="#_TocSectionIntro_1"><DIV class="indent">1.1 Who Needs This Information</DIV></A>
<A href="#_TocSectionIntro_2"><DIV class="indent">1.2 Managed Build System Overview</DIV></A>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionIntro_3">1.3 The Standard Build System</a></div>
</div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionUIModel">2 User Model</a>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionUIModel_1">2.1 User Scenarios</a></div>
</div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionGrammar">3 Build Model Grammar Elements</a>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionGrammar_1">3.1 Model</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionGrammar_2">3.2 Project Type</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionGrammar_3">3.3 Managed Project</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionGrammar_4">3.4 Configuration</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionGrammar_5">3.5 Tool Chain</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionGrammar_6">3.6 Builder</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionGrammar_7">3.7 Target Platform</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionGrammar_8">3.8 Tool</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionGrammar_9">3.9 InputType</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionGrammar_10">3.10 AdditionalInput </a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionGrammar_11">3.11 OutputType</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionGrammar_12">3.12 Option Category</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionGrammar_13">3.13 Option</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionGrammar_14">3.14 List Option Value</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionGrammar_15">3.15 Enumerated Option Value</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionGrammar_16">3.16 Resource Configuration</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionGrammar_17">3.17 Environment Variable Build Path</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionGrammar_18">3.18 Managed Build Revision</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionGrammar_19">3.19 Option/Category Enablement</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionGrammar_20">3.20 Dynamic Element Provider</a></div>
</div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionUIElements">4 UI Representation</a>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionUIElements_1">4.1 New Project Wizard</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionUIElements_2">4.2 Build Property Page</a></div>
</div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionMakefile">5 Build File Generation</a>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionMakefile_1">5.1 Default Build File Generator</a></div>
</div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionTutorial">6 Tutorial: An Example Tool 
	Integration</a>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionTutorial_1">6.1 Setting up your Environment</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionTutorial_2">6.2 Creating your Plug-in Project</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionTutorial_3">6.3 Creating the Extension</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionTutorial_4">6.4 Adding a ProjectType</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionTutorial_5">6.5 Adding a Configuration</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionTutorial_6">6.6 Adding a ToolChain</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionTutorial_7">6.7 Adding a Builder</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionTutorial_8">6.8 Adding a TargetPlatform</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionTutorial_9">6.9 Adding a Tool</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionTutorial_10">6.10 Adding Input and Output Types</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionTutorial_11">6.11 Testing the ProjectType</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionTutorial_12">6.12 Adding Tool Options</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionTutorial_13">6.13 Taking the Next Step</a></div>
</div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionDynamic">7 Adding Dynamic Behavior</a>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionDynamic_1">7.1 Overview</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionDynamic_2">7.2 Replacing the Build File Generator</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionDynamic_3">7.3 Replacing the Dependency Calculator</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionDynamic_4">7.4 Replacing the Command Line Generator</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionDynamic_5">7.5 Determining if a Tool Chain is Installed</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionDynamic_6">7.6 Defining Environment Variables</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionDynamic_7">7.7 Defining a Build Path Resolver</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionDynamic_8">7.8 Defining Build Macros</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionDynamic_9">7.9 Defining a Configuration Name Provider</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionDynamic_10">7.10 Defining an Output Name Provider</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionDynamic_11">7.11 Defining an Option Value Handler</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionDynamic_12">7.12 Defining an Option Applicability Calculator</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionDynamic_13">7.13 Defining a Dynamic Element Provider</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionDynamic_14">7.14 Adding Custom Pages to the New Project Wizard</a><br>
  <a href="#_TocSectionStartup_15">7.15 Defining Startup Behavior for Build Configuration Loading </a><br>
</div>
</div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionAdvanced">8 Advanced Features</a>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionAdvanced_1">8.1 Converting CDT 2.0 Manifest Files</a></div>
<div class="indent"><a href="#_TocSectionAdvanced_2">8.2 Supporting Multiple Versions of a Tool-chain</a></div>
</div>
<!-- End of Table of Contents --><br>
<p class="section"><a name="_TocSectionIntro">1 Introduction</a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0"><strong><span style="color:#FF0000">NOTE: </span>
</strong>the document describes the CDT Managed Build System (MBS) 3.x functionality. 
Although there have been lots of significant changes made to the Build System in 
the 4.0, the document still remains valid since all the 4.0 build system changes 
were made by extending the MBS functionality described in this document.
As of CDT 8.0, MBS 4.0 is still used although with a number of improvements
not necessarily reflected in this document.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">Please refer to the
<a href="../../cdt_build_system/whats_new/4.0/whats_new_CBS_40.html">&quot;What's new 
in the CDT Build System 4.0&quot; document</a> for the list and description of 
additional new functionality presented in CDT 4.0</p>
<p>C and C++ developers are a diverse group. The tools they use, the
processes they follow, and the level of support they expect from their
development environments vary widely. The CDT provides a framework for
integrating those tools into Eclipse and the managed build system is
part of that framework. Understanding how the managed build system
works, and what steps are required to extend it is the focus of this
document.</p>
<p>Much of the text in this document is taken from the managed build system (MBS) 
design documents that are contained in the Eclipse Bugzilla data base.&nbsp; The 
authors of these documents include Mikhail Sennikovsky, Bob Monteleone, Sunil 
Davasam, Chris Recoskie, Lars Kurth, and Bala Torati.&nbsp; These design 
documents are a source of additional information regarding particular MBS 
functionality.&nbsp; Note that these documents are not necessarily kept up to 
date after the initial design, where-as this document attempts to be up to date.&nbsp; 
Here is a list of some of the documents:</p>
<ul>
	<li>Custom Build Steps (#88922)</li>
	<li>Tool-chain Installation Support (#87478)</li>
	<li>Tool-chain Multi-version Support (#89872)</li>
	<li>Build Environment Variables (#88497)</li>
	<li>Build Macros (#89210)</li>
	<li>Custom Project Wizard Pages (#90334)</li>
	<li>Shared Tool Options (#90481)</li>
</ul>
<p class="subsection"><a name="_TocSectionIntro_1">1.1 Who Needs This
Information</a></p>
<p>The information in this document describes the design of the managed
build system and discusses how to add new tool-chain definitions to it
through the <code>buildDefinitions</code> extension point. It is
intended for someone
who wants to understand how the managed build system works, or is
interested in adding their own tool-chain specification to it.</p>
<p>The CDT managed build system comes configured to generate Gnu makefiles
to build executables,
static libraries, and shared libraries using the Gnu compiler
collection (GCC). If you have
access to GCC tools on your platform and find the predefined project-types
sufficient for your
needs, then you do not need to modify anything. Please
feel free to skip sections 3, 6, 7 and 8, as they are primarily concerned
with adding new tool integrations to the build model.</p>
<p>If you are working with tools other than GCC, or you wish to create 
project-types that CDT does not support out of the box, you can add a 
description of your project-type/toolchain and make the CDT pick up the 
information you provide with your definitions. With the CDT 4.0 you can do this 
for both cases whether you are willing the CDT to automatically generate 
makefiles for your project or not.</p>
<p>If you choose to add your own tools to the managed build system, it
is assumed that you are familiar with XML and the Eclipse extension
point mechanism. Having made the standard disclaimer, it should be said
that the tutorial in &sect; 6 presents a cookbook approach to adding a
new tool specification, so you can always jump right in and refer to
the online help in the <span style="font-style: italic;">Platform
Plug-in Developer Guide</span> if you
get stuck.</p>
<p class="subsection"><a name="_TocSectionIntro_2">1.2 Managed Build System
Overview</a></p>
<p>The managed build system consists of several components that
interact to build a project. At the core of the managed build system is
the build model. It is the central clearing house for all the
build-related information that internal and external clients require.
There are three internal clients; the user interface components, a
build file generator that is
responsible for generating correct build files for a project when it is built, 
and the built-in parser supplied with the CDT. The external clients are the 
end-user, who interacts with the build model through the user interface, and 
tool
integrators who supply tool definitions to the build model. The diagram
below shows the basic set of
relationships
between these components.</p>
<p>
<img src="./image002.gif"
 title="Figure 1 Managed build system overview"
 alt="Build model logical elements" style="border: 0px solid ;"></p>
<h5>Figure 1 Managed build system overview</h5>
<p class="subsection">1.2.1 External Users</p>
<p>From the perspective of the build system, there are two external users. The 
first is the end-user who interacts with it through the UI elements described in 
 5. The UI includes a new project wizard that relies on the build system to 
tell it what kinds of new projects can be created. When the project has been 
created, the project property page uses the information in the build system to 
populate its display. The user can change the information associated with the 
tools for a project through the property page and the build system is 
responsible for saving those changes between sessions. The second external user 
is the tool integrator who adds information about their tool-chain to a plug-in 
manifest as described in the tutorial in  6. The tool integrator is the primary audience for this document.
</p>
<p class="subsection">1.2.2 Internal Users</p>
<p>There are three internal clients of the information in the managed
build system. The first is the build file generator that creates 
correct build files for a project based on the tools and settings defined
for the project in the build system. The second is the built-in CDT
parser that relies on the build system to tell it about the include
paths and defined preprocessor symbols for a given project so that it
can properly construct an internal representation of the compilation
unit the file belongs to. The third client is the UI component of the
build system that queries the build model for the tools and options
defined for a project to build its display and store the user settings.</p>
<p class="subsection">1.2.3 Built-in Compiler Settings</p>
Every compiler relies on having a correct set of preprocessor
symbols
and header file search paths to perform proper builds. Even compilers
from the same vendor may use different symbols and search paths when
building for different operating systems. Some of these values may be
defined by the user, but others will be built into the tools themselves
so the user will be unaware of them. The CDT parser
described in the previous section needs
to know about the entire set to properly parse source files. It is the
responsibility of the MBS to answer both the user-supplied and built-in paths 
and symbols to the parser. Of the two, the user-supplied include paths and 
defines are trivial as they are entered by the user through the UI. The built-in 
compiler settings on the other hand, are quite a bit harder to decipher and the 
solution will vary from tool to tool. A discussion of the possible solutions is 
provided in  6.12.<br>
<p class="subsection">1.2.4 Tool Definitions and Settings Storage</p>
A key feature of the managed build system is that it is extensible.
Tool integrators
can use the grammar, described in &sect; 3, to add
their own tools to the
build system. The same grammar is used to save the settings that the
user overrides through the UI between sessions, in the project's .cdtbuild file.<p class="subsection"><a name="_TocSectionIntro_3">1.3 The Standard Build
System</a></p>
<p>There is also a standard build system supplied as part
of the CDT framework that is unrelated to the managed build system. The
standard system provides a small set of tools to build a user&rsquo;s
projects. The user is expected to supply a makefile which includes
enough information to build their project. The UI allows the user to
switch between targets defined in the makefile, and can dynamically
discover build settings at run-time to allow the parser to function
correctly.</p>
<p>The decision to use the standard or managed build system is a
trade-off. For users with an existing project that already has a set of
working makefiles, or for users that prefer (or need) to write their
own
makefiles,
the standard system may be perfect. However, many users find writing
and maintaining makefiles for projects to be a chore. For these users,
the trade-off for the convenience of not having to maintain them is the
flexibility of being in control of the makefiles.</p>
<p class="section"><a name="_TocSectionUIModel">2</a> User Model</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">The CDT user&rsquo;s model of the MBS 
contains the following primary objects:&nbsp;</p>
<table class="MsoTableGrid" border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" style="border-collapse: collapse; border: medium none" id="table9">
	<tr>
		<td width="127" valign="top" style="width: 95.4pt; border: 1.0pt solid windowtext; padding-left: 5.4pt; padding-right: 5.4pt; padding-top: 0in; padding-bottom: 0in">
		<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">Project Type</td>
		<td width="463" valign="top" style="width: 347.4pt; border-left: medium none; border-right: 1.0pt solid windowtext; border-top: 1.0pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1.0pt solid windowtext; padding-left: 5.4pt; padding-right: 5.4pt; padding-top: 0in; padding-bottom: 0in">
		<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">A tool-integrator-defined 
		class of project which acts as a template for the projects that a user 
		will create.&nbsp; The template specifies one or more default configurations, 
		and can optionally provide code generation capability to create an 
		initial set of input resources for the project.&nbsp; The template can also 
		present various options in Wizard Pages that allow the user to further 
		customize the project. </td>
	</tr>
	<tr>
		<td width="127" valign="top" style="width: 95.4pt; border-left: 1.0pt solid windowtext; border-right: 1.0pt solid windowtext; border-top: medium none; border-bottom: 1.0pt solid windowtext; padding-left: 5.4pt; padding-right: 5.4pt; padding-top: 0in; padding-bottom: 0in">
		<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">Project</td>
		<td width="463" valign="top" style="width: 347.4pt; border-left: medium none; border-right: 1.0pt solid windowtext; border-top: medium none; border-bottom: 1.0pt solid windowtext; padding-left: 5.4pt; padding-right: 5.4pt; padding-top: 0in; padding-bottom: 0in">
		<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">A user-defined instance of 
		a particular project type along with a set of user specified input 
		resources and configurations.</td>
	</tr>
	<tr>
		<td width="127" valign="top" style="width: 95.4pt; border-left: 1.0pt solid windowtext; border-right: 1.0pt solid windowtext; border-top: medium none; border-bottom: 1.0pt solid windowtext; padding-left: 5.4pt; padding-right: 5.4pt; padding-top: 0in; padding-bottom: 0in">
		<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">Configuration</td>
		<td width="463" valign="top" style="width: 347.4pt; border-left: medium none; border-right: 1.0pt solid windowtext; border-top: medium none; border-bottom: 1.0pt solid windowtext; padding-left: 5.4pt; padding-right: 5.4pt; padding-top: 0in; padding-bottom: 0in">
		<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">A particular tool-chain 
		(possibly customized with additional or different tools), a set of 
		options for those tools, and other information which define a unique way 
		to build a project.&nbsp; Examples include building a project for debugging, 
		building a project for release, or building a project for a different 
		target platform.</td>
	</tr>
	<tr>
		<td width="127" valign="top" style="width: 95.4pt; border-left: 1.0pt solid windowtext; border-right: 1.0pt solid windowtext; border-top: medium none; border-bottom: 1.0pt solid windowtext; padding-left: 5.4pt; padding-right: 5.4pt; padding-top: 0in; padding-bottom: 0in">
		<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">Tool-chain</td>
		<td width="463" valign="top" style="width: 347.4pt; border-left: medium none; border-right: 1.0pt solid windowtext; border-top: medium none; border-bottom: 1.0pt solid windowtext; padding-left: 5.4pt; padding-right: 5.4pt; padding-top: 0in; padding-bottom: 0in">
		<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">An ordered set of tools 
		used to transform the project resources into the final output (build 
		artifacts) of the project.&nbsp; A tool integrator can provide a family 
		of tool-chains that support different host/target platform combinations, 
		and different versions of the tool-chain.</td>
	</tr>
	<tr>
		<td width="127" valign="top" style="width: 95.4pt; border-left: 1.0pt solid windowtext; border-right: 1.0pt solid windowtext; border-top: medium none; border-bottom: 1.0pt solid windowtext; padding-left: 5.4pt; padding-right: 5.4pt; padding-top: 0in; padding-bottom: 0in">
		<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">Tool&nbsp; </td>
		<td width="463" valign="top" style="width: 347.4pt; border-left: medium none; border-right: 1.0pt solid windowtext; border-top: medium none; border-bottom: 1.0pt solid windowtext; padding-left: 5.4pt; padding-right: 5.4pt; padding-top: 0in; padding-bottom: 0in">
		<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">A utility of some sort 
		that is used in the build process.&nbsp; A tool will generally process one or 
		more resources to produce output resources.&nbsp; Most tools have a set of 
		options that can be used to modify the behavior of the tool.</td>
	</tr>
	<tr>
		<td width="127" valign="top" style="width: 95.4pt; border-left: 1.0pt solid windowtext; border-right: 1.0pt solid windowtext; border-top: medium none; border-bottom: 1.0pt solid windowtext; padding-left: 5.4pt; padding-right: 5.4pt; padding-top: 0in; padding-bottom: 0in">
		<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">Option</td>
		<td width="463" valign="top" style="width: 347.4pt; border-left: medium none; border-right: 1.0pt solid windowtext; border-top: medium none; border-bottom: 1.0pt solid windowtext; padding-left: 5.4pt; padding-right: 5.4pt; padding-top: 0in; padding-bottom: 0in">
		<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">An individual control that 
		the user can set to modify the behavior of a tool.</td>
	</tr>
	<tr>
		<td width="127" valign="top" style="width: 95.4pt; border-left: 1.0pt solid windowtext; border-right: 1.0pt solid windowtext; border-top: medium none; border-bottom: 1.0pt solid windowtext; padding-left: 5.4pt; padding-right: 5.4pt; padding-top: 0in; padding-bottom: 0in">
		<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">Option Category</td>
		<td width="463" valign="top" style="width: 347.4pt; border-left: medium none; border-right: 1.0pt solid windowtext; border-top: medium none; border-bottom: 1.0pt solid windowtext; padding-left: 5.4pt; padding-right: 5.4pt; padding-top: 0in; padding-bottom: 0in">
		<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">A named set of options 
		used for grouping similar options together in a hierarchy.</td>
	</tr>
</table>
<p class="subsection"><a name="_TocSectionUIModel_1">2.1 User Scenarios</a></p>
<p>The following sections describe how the user interacts with MBS.&nbsp; Text 
in <span style="color:#FF0000">red </span>indicates MBS functionality that is not yet 
implemented, but is intended to be implemented in future releases of MBS.</p>
<h3 class="subsection">2.1.1 Creating a New Project</h3>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">The CDT user&rsquo;s experience with the 
MBS begins when she creates a new Managed Make project.&nbsp; The user picks the type 
of project to create from the list of project types defined in the installed 
manifest files.&nbsp; The list of project types is, by default, filtered by:</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-indent: -.25in; margin-left: .25in; margin-right: 0in; margin-top: 6.0pt; margin-bottom: .0001pt">
<span style="font-family: Symbol"><span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
</span></span>The project type must contain at least one default configuration 
that uses a tool-chain that supports the host operating system and architecture.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-indent: -.25in; margin-left: .25in; margin-right: 0in; margin-top: 6.0pt; margin-bottom: .0001pt">
<span style="font-family: Symbol; "><span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
</span></span>If the project type implements the method 
of verifying that its support has been installed, the method must return TRUE.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-indent: -.25in; margin-left: .25in; margin-right: 0in; margin-top: 6.0pt; margin-bottom: .0001pt">
<span style="font-family: Symbol; color: red"><span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
</span></span><span style="color:red">The user may remove installed and 
possibly-installed (i.e. the project type does NOT implement the method of 
verifying that its support has been installed) project types from future 
consideration by turning them off in the MBS Preferences page.</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">The user may turn off project type 
filtering, however configurations that use tool-chains that are not installed 
will not be able to be built on the host system.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">After selecting the project type, 
the user selects 1 &#8230; <em>n </em>configurations for her new project from the list 
of configurations defined in the project type.&nbsp; 
Different configurations can use different tool-chains. The list of 
configurations is, by default, filtered by:</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-indent: -.25in; margin-left: .25in; margin-right: 0in; margin-top: 6.0pt; margin-bottom: .0001pt">
<span style="font-family: Symbol"><span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
</span></span>The tool-chain used by the configuration must support the host 
operating system and architecture.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-indent: -.25in; margin-left: .25in; margin-right: 0in; margin-top: 6.0pt; margin-bottom: .0001pt">
<span style="font-family: Symbol; "><span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
</span></span>If the tool-chain implements the method of 
verifying that its support has been installed, the method must return TRUE.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">The user may turn off 
configuration filtering, however configurations that use tool-chains that are 
not installed will not be able to be built on the host system.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">After selecting the initial set of 
configurations for the project, the user can select any of the standard tabs in 
the &ldquo;Additional Project Settings&rdquo; page in order to customize additional options 
that are common to all Managed Build system projects (e.g., the projects that the new project depends upon, etc.).</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">The user 
can proceed to any additional pages provided by the project type in order to 
customize project type specific options.&nbsp; For example, these additional options 
can result in generating initial code for the project and/or setting tool 
options that are different from the project type defaults.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">After creating the new project, 
the user can use any of the Eclipse methods of adding files to the project.</p>
<h3 class="subsection">2.1.2 Adding a New Configuration</h3>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">The user can create a new 
configuration based upon the settings used by one of the existing 
configurations.&nbsp; <span style="color:red">The user can select a different 
tool-chain from the project type if desired.&nbsp; This allows a project type to be 
defined (e.g., &ldquo;Gnu Executable&rdquo;) that contains tool-chains for multiple 
combinations of host and target platforms, and/or for multiple versions of a 
tool-chain.&nbsp; It should be easy for a user to take an existing CDT project to a 
different host system and quickly create a configuration that builds on that 
host system using a version of the tool-chain that supports the new host.</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">The user 
can also pick 1 &#8230; <em>n </em>configurations from the list of default 
configurations defined in the project type.&nbsp; The list of configurations is, by 
default, filtered as specified above.</p>
<h3 class="subsection">2.1.3 Modifying the Tool-chain of the Configuration</h3>
<p class="MsoNormal">The user can select a configuration 
and modify the following attributes of the tool-chain: </p>
<ol style="margin-top: 0in; margin-bottom: 0in" start="1" type="1">
	<li style="margin-top: 6.0pt">
	The command used to invoke a 
	particular tool in the tool-chain.</li>
	<li style="margin-top: 6.0pt">
	The set of error parsers to 
	be used with the build output and the order that the error parsers will be 
	invoked </li>
	<li style="margin-top: 6.0pt">
	The binary parser to be used 
	with the build binary outputs.</li>
	<li style="margin-top: 6.0pt">
	The set of file extensions 
	that are processed by a tool.</li>
	<li style="margin-top: 6.0pt">
	The 
	addition of Custom Build steps before or after the build.&nbsp; The user specifies the commands 
	to be executed by the step.</li>
	<li style="margin-top: 6.0pt">
	The mapping of an individual 
	resource to a Custom Build step.&nbsp; The user specifies the commands to be 
	executed by the step, the input 
	dependencies of the step, and the output files that are created by the 
	step.</li>
	<li style="margin-top: 6.0pt">
	The mapping of 
	a set of file extensions to a Custom Build step.&nbsp; The user specifies the commands 
	to be executed by the step, the input 
	dependencies of the step, and the output resources that are created by the 
	step.</li>
	<li style="margin-top: 6.0pt">
	<span style="color:red">The 
	tool-chain itself:&nbsp; The user can change the tool-chain to be used with the 
	configuration.&nbsp; All applicable settings are automatically transferred to the 
	new tool-chain.</span></li>
	<li style="margin-top: 6.0pt">
	<span style="color:red">The 
	mapping of an individual resource to a tool:&nbsp; </span>
	<span style="color:red">The available tools come from the configuration&rsquo;s 
	tool-chain, from a different tool-chain or from individually defined tools.</span></li>
	<li style="margin-top: 6.0pt">
	<span style="color:red">The 
	mapping of a set file extensions to a category of tools 
	or a specific tool:&nbsp; The user can modify the current assignments and add new 
	assignments.&nbsp; The available tools come from the configuration&rsquo;s tool-chain, 
	from a different tool-chain or from individually defined tools.</span></li>
</ol>
<h3 class="subsection">2.1.4 Modifying the Tool Options of the Configuration</h3>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">The user can modify the options of 
an individual configuration<span style="color:#FF0000">, or he can make changes to a set of configurations 
that he has selected</span>.&nbsp; <span style="color:#FF0000">The user can select a set of configurations individually</span><span style="color:red"> 
or by selecting a &ldquo;category&rdquo; of configurations.&nbsp; The names of the categories are 
defined by the configuration provider &#8211; &ldquo;debug&rdquo; and &ldquo;release&rdquo; are commonly 
supported.&nbsp; Categories which group configurations by target platform could also 
be useful.&nbsp; </span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">The user can modify the options of 
a tool used by the configuration. &nbsp;<span style="color:red">A tool can verify 
that the new value is valid and an error message will be displayed if the value 
is not valid.&nbsp; The current value of a build setting is bolded if the value if 
different from the default value for the tool.&nbsp; The user can easily set the 
value back to the default value without knowing what the default value is.</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt"><span style="color:red">The user 
can modify certain &ldquo;well known&rdquo; build settings for multiple selected 
configurations, even when the configurations do not use the same tool-chain.</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">The user 
can use Build Macros in all options that accept text.&nbsp; MBS pre-defines many 
useful macros and allows tool integrators and the CDT user to define 
additional macros.&nbsp; Additional macros can be defined in the MBS preferences page 
and for individual projects or configurations.&nbsp; Build Macros are referenced in strings by 
enclosing them in braces, preceded by a dollar sign.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt"><span style="color:red">Tool 
integrators may define property setting &ldquo;wizards&rdquo; that modify sets of tool 
options in order to reach an overall user-desired goal.&nbsp; An example would be a 
&ldquo;Most Highly Optimized Build&rdquo; wizard that set options on multiple tools.</span></p>
<h3 class="subsection">2.1.5 Modifying the Tool Options of an Individual File</h3>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">The user can specify different 
configuration specific build settings for individual files in the project.<span style="color:red"> 
The current value of a build setting is bolded if the value is different from 
the value in the configuration.&nbsp; The user can easily set the value back to 
the configuration value without knowing what that value is.</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">The user can add or remove a 
Custom Build step for an individual resource.<span style="color:red">&nbsp; </span>
The step<span style="color:red"> can execute before or after the tool assigned 
to the resource, or they can </span>execute instead of the tool assigned to the 
resource.&nbsp; The user specifies the tool command line, the input dependencies 
of the step, and the output resources that are created by the step.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">The user 
can mark individual files to not be used in the building of the selected 
configuration(s).</p>
<h3 class="subsection">2.1.6 Building a Configuration</h3>
<p class="MsoNormal">The user can build projects from within the Eclipse/CDT 
user interface, or from a command line that can be placed in a batch/script 
file.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">The user can build the currently 
active configuration<span style="color:red">, or select a different set of 
configurations to build.</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">The user 
can rebuild an individual resource separate from building the entire project.</p>
<h3 class="subsection">2.1.7 Upgrading a Project to a New MBS or Tool-chain 
Version.</h3>
<p class="MsoNormal">MBS defines a version number that is stored in every MBS 
project file (.cdtbuild).</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">When MBS reads a project file with 
an older version number:</p>
<ol style="margin-top: 0in; margin-bottom: 0in" start="1" type="1">
	<li style="margin-top: 6.0pt">
	MBS asks the user to confirm 
	the conversion.</li>
	<li style="margin-top: 6.0pt">
	If the user confirms the 
	conversion, the project file is converted and the project can no longer be 
	loaded by previous versions of MBS.</li>
	<li style="margin-top: 6.0pt">
	If the user does not confirm 
	the conversion, the MBS information is loaded in a read-only mode, and any 
	changes made to the MBS information will be discarded when the project is 
	closed.</li>
</ol>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">When MBS reads a project file with 
a newer version number, it displays an error message, and does not load the MBS 
information.&nbsp; None of the MBS operations are available on the project (for 
example, editing build properties, cleaning, building, &#8230;).</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">Some of the build model elements (tool-chain, tool, or builder) can 
also define a version number.&nbsp; The version number is appended to the end of 
the element id, and stored by MBS with each reference to the element.&nbsp; MBS attempts 
to resolve references in the following manner:</p>
<ol style="margin-top: 0in; margin-bottom: 0in" start="1" type="1">
	<li style="margin-top: 6.0pt">
	MBS looks up the id with the 
	version specified with the reference.&nbsp; </li>
	<li style="margin-top: 6.0pt">
	If not found, MBS looks up 
	all occurrences of the id, and selects a match in the following order:
	
 	<ol style="margin-top: 0in; margin-bottom: 0in" start="1" type="a">
		<li style="margin-top: 6.0pt">
		the id with the closest 
		higher version number that lists the referenced version in its <em>
		versionsSupported</em> attribute</li>
		<li style="margin-top: 6.0pt">
		the id with no version 
		information specified</li>
	</ol>
	</li>
</ol>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">If a match is found, there are 2 
scenarios:</p>
<ol style="margin-top: 0in; margin-bottom: 0in" start="1" type="1">
	<li style="margin-top: 6.0pt">
	The version is still 
	actively supported by the tool integrator, and the MBS information is 
	loaded.</li>
	<li style="margin-top: 6.0pt">
The version specifies that a 
	conversion to a later version of the tool-chain/tool/builder is required.&nbsp; 
	At the discretion of the tool-chain/tool/builder, the conversion may occur 
	automatically, or the converter may prompt the user to confirm the upgrade.&nbsp; 
	The same rules apply as above for whether or not the user confirms the 
	conversion.</li>
</ol>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">If no match is found, MBS displays 
an error message, and does not load the MBS information.&nbsp; None of the MBS 
operations are available on the project (for example, editing build properties, 
cleaning, building, &#8230;).</p>
<p class="section">3<a name="_TocSectionGrammar"> Build Model Grammar Elements</a></p>
<p>The managed build system defines a grammar to describe tool and build 
information. This information is used to store invariant data, like the command 
line invocation for a specific compiler, for example. The build system also 
stores user settings between sessions, like the level of debugging information 
that is needed for a particular build configuration. The following section 
describes the format of the grammar and what the information is used for by the 
build model.&nbsp; See the CDT 3.0 Gnu tool-chain definitions for an example of 
using the managed build object model.</p>
<h3>Common Attributes</h3>
<p>Many of the MBS elements require the specification of the <em>id </em>
attribute.&nbsp; The attribute value typically takes a form similar to Eclipse 
package names, e.g. &quot;cdt.managedbuild.tool.gnu.c.linker&quot;.&nbsp; Each <em>id</em> 
must be unique within MBS and among all of the loaded manifest files.&nbsp; It is suggested that you include your company/organization name in 
the <em>id</em>s that you create.</p>
<p>Many of the MBS elements can specify the <em>name </em>attribute.&nbsp; The 
attribute value is used in the MBS user interface, and may therefore change if 
your tool-chain supports more than one language.&nbsp; You can use a plugin.properties file in order to define these strings in an external file (see 
the Gnu tool-chain definitions for an example).</p>
<p>Many of the MBS elements can specify the <em>superClass </em>attribute.&nbsp; 
The attribute value is the id of an element of the same type as this element.&nbsp; 
For most attributes, when the value of an attribute is not specified in an 
element, the value will default to the value defined by the first super-class 
ancestor that specifies a value for the attribute.</p>
<h3>Schema Notes</h3>
<ul>
	<li>Attributes highlighted in <span style="background-color: #FFFF00">yellow</span> 
	indicate functionality that is new since CDT 3.0.1.</li>
	<li>Attributes highlighted in <span style="background-color: #00FFFF">aqua</span> 
	indicate attributes that have been deprecated.&nbsp; Each of these 
	attributes describes the new method to use to obtain equivalent 
	functionality.</li>
	<li>The &quot;Required&quot; column can contain 3 values.&nbsp; &quot;Yes&quot; means 
that the attribute is required by the schema for every instance of the element.&nbsp; 
&quot;No&quot; means that the attribute is never required and an appropriate default is 
	supplied if necessary.&nbsp; &quot;In Hierarchy&quot; means that the attribute is not 
required by the schema, but MBS requires that the attribute be specified 
either by the element itself, or inherited from one of its ancestors (see the <em>superClass 
	</em>attribute).</li>
</ul>
<p class="subsection"><a name="_TocSectionGrammar_1">3.1 Model</a></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">The figure below shows a UML model 
of the schema elements.&nbsp; It is simplified by leaving out the fact that the 
configuration, toolChain, tool, targetPlatform, and builder definition elements 
can be defined at the top level in a manifest file.</p>
<p>
<img
 src="./image003.gif"
 title="Figure 2 Managed build model elements"
 alt="Build model grammar elements" style="border: 0px solid ;"></p>
<h5>Figure 2 Managed build model elements</h5>
<p class="subsection"><a name="_TocSectionGrammar_2">3.2 ProjectType</a></p>
<p class="MsoNormal">The projectType element represents the project-type in the 
user model.&nbsp; It is a tool-integrator-defined class of project which acts as a 
template for the projects that a user will create.&nbsp; The projectType contains one 
or more children of type configuration.&nbsp; These are the default configurations 
that the user can choose from. &nbsp;Note that there is no reason to define a projectType element in a .cdtbuild file.&nbsp; It would never be used since 
projectType elements are used to populate the New Project dialog boxes.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">You must provide a unique identifier for the project-type in the <em>id</em> 
attribute. The build model uses this information to distinguish between the 
project-type definitions it finds.&nbsp; You must
also
provide a meaningful <var>name</var> that will be displayed to the
user
in the UI and new project wizards.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">Project-types can be arranged into 
hierarchies to promote the efficient sharing of configurations. If you have 
defined a project-type that should not be selected by the user, but is a root 
for other project-types, it may be declared abstract by setting the <em>
isAbstract</em> attribute to &lsquo;true&rsquo;. Abstract project-types do not appear in the 
UI.&nbsp; Descendents of an abstract project-type will have the same 
configurations that the abstract project-type has. For these children to 
function properly, their <em>superClass</em> attribute must contain 
the unique identifier of the super-class project-type.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">A concrete project type must have 
at least one configuration defined for it. A configuration must define (or 
inherit) a set of tool-chain definitions that work together to produce the build 
goal as an output.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">A projectType may define a project 
level environment variable provider in the <em>projectEnvironmentSupplier</em> attribute.&nbsp; See  
7.6 for additional information.<br>
</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">A projectType may define a project 
level macro provider in the <em>projectMacroSupplier</em> attribute.&nbsp; See  
7.8 for additional information.<br>
</p>
<p class="subsection">3.2.1 Schema</p>
<table
 style="border: medium none ; border-collapse: collapse; width: 669px; "
 border="1" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" height="170">
  <tbody>
    <tr>
      <th
 style="border-style: double solid double double; border-color: windowtext; border-width: 1.5pt 1pt 1.5pt 1.5pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 20%; vertical-align: top;" height="22">
      <p align="left">Attribute</p>
      </th>
      <th
 style="border-style: double solid double none; border-width: 1.5pt 1pt 1.5pt medium; border-top: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 65%; vertical-align: top;" height="22">
      <p align="left">Description</p>
      </th>
      <th
 style="border-style: double double double none; border-width: 1.5pt 1.5pt 1.5pt medium; border-top: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 15%; vertical-align: top;" height="22">
      <p align="left">Required</p>
      </th>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 92.15pt;"
 valign="top" height="33">
      <p>id</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="33">
      <p>A unique identifier that the model manager will use to keep track of 
		this specific element.</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="33">
      <p>yes</p>
      </td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 92.15pt;"
 valign="top" height="17">
      <p>name</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="17">
      <p>The name for the projectType that is displayed to the user in the
UI.</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="17">
      <p>yes</p>
      </td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 92.15pt;"
 valign="top" height="17">
      superClass</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="17">
      The unique identifier of the projectType that this projectType is derived from.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="17">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 92.15pt;"
 valign="top" height="49">
      <p>isAbstract</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="49">
      <p>Flags the projectType as abstract.&nbsp; An abstract 
		projectType can not be selected by the user in the UI, but projectTypes 
		derived from this projectType will inherit its attributes and children.&nbsp; 
		The default value is false.</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="49">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 92.15pt;"
 valign="top" height="49">
      <p>isTest</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="49">
      <p>A projectType can be flagged for test purposes only.&nbsp; It 
		can be manipulated programmatically, in JUnit tests for example, but not 
		selected by the user in the UI.&nbsp; The default value is false.</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="49">
      <p>no</p>
      </td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 92.15pt;"
 valign="top" height="49" bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
      projectMacro Supplier</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="49">
      The name of a class that implements the IProjectBuildMacroSupplier 
		interface in order to provide project level build macros.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="49">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 92.15pt;"
 valign="top" height="49" bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
      projectEnvironment Supplier</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="49">
      The name of a class that implements the IProjectEnvironmentVariableSupplier 
		interface in order to provide project level environment variables.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="49">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 92.15pt;"
 valign="top" height="49" bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
      configurationName Provider</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="49">
      The name of a class that implements the IConfigurationNameProvider 
		interface in order to provide a default name for a configuration.&nbsp; 
		The configuration names in a user's project must be unique.&nbsp; A 
		projectType can contain configuration children with the same name.&nbsp; 
		In this case, a configurationNameProvider must be specified to make the 
		names unique before they are displayed to the user in the New Project 
		and New Configuration dialog boxes.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="49">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 92.15pt;"
 valign="top" height="49" bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
      convertToId</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="49">
      The identifier of a projectType, that project types loaded using this 
		definition should be converted to. MBS will invoke a proper converter.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="49">
      no</td>
    </tr>
  </tbody>
</table>
<p class="subsection"><a name="_TocSectionGrammar_3">3.3 Managed Project</a></p>
<p class="MsoNormal">The managedProject element represents a project instance in 
the .cdtbuild file.&nbsp; Note that there is no reason to define a project element in 
a manifest file &#8211; it would never be used.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">The following steps occur when a 
CDT user creates a new Managed Build project:</p>
<ol>
	<li>A new managedProject element is 
	created.&nbsp; Its <em>projectType</em> attribute is set to the projectType that 
	the user selected.&nbsp; Its <em>name</em> attribute is set to the project name 
	that the user entered.</li>
	<li>When the user adds a 
	default configuration, the selected configuration element is cloned to 
	become a child of the managedProject element created in step 1.</li>
	<li>Add a tool-chain element 
	that specifies as its <em>superClass</em> the tool-chain that is the child of 
	the selected configuration element.</li>
	<li>For each tool element 
	child of the tool-chain that is the child of the selected configuration 
	element, create a tool element child of the cloned configuration&rsquo;s 
	tool-chain element that specifies the original tool element as its <em>
	superClass</em>.</li>
</ol>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">This prepares the new 
project/configurations for modification by the user.</p>
<p class="subsection">3.3.1 Schema</p>
<table
 style="border: medium none ; border-collapse: collapse; width: 669px; "
 border="1" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" height="72" id="table3">
  <tbody>
    <tr>
      <th
 style="border-style: double solid double double; border-color: windowtext; border-width: 1.5pt 1pt 1.5pt 1.5pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 20%; vertical-align: top;" height="22">
      <p align="left">Attribute</p>
      </th>
      <th
 style="border-style: double solid double none; border-width: 1.5pt 1pt 1.5pt medium; border-top: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 65%; vertical-align: top;" height="22">
      <p align="left">Description</p>
      </th>
      <th
 style="border-style: double double double none; border-width: 1.5pt 1.5pt 1.5pt medium; border-top: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 15%; vertical-align: top;" height="22">
      <p align="left">Required</p>
      </th>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 92.15pt;"
 valign="top" height="17">
      name</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="17">
      The name for the managedProject that is displayed to the user in the
UI. This is the name that the user entered in the New Project wizard.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="17">
      yes</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 92.15pt;"
 valign="top" height="33">
      projectType</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="33">
      The unique identifier of the projectType that was used when 
		creating this project.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="33">
      yes</td>
    </tr>
  </tbody>
</table>
<p class="subsection"><a name="_TocSectionGrammar_4">3.4 Configuration</a></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">The configuration element 
represents the configuration in the user model.&nbsp; A tool-integrator defines 
default configurations as children of the project type.&nbsp; These provide a 
template for the configurations added to the user&rsquo;s project, which are stored in 
the project&rsquo;s .cdtbuild file.&nbsp; A projectType must have at least one default 
configuration defined for it, and a project must always contain at least one 
configuration.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">The configuration contains one 
child of type tool-chain.&nbsp; This describes how the project&rsquo;s resources are 
transformed into the build artifact.&nbsp; The configuration is responsible for 
maintaining the name of the final build goal. The user selects the name of the 
build artifact in the UI, and the configuration maintains it in the <em>
artifactName</em> and <em>artifactExtension </em>attributes.&nbsp; The 
configuration can contain one or more children of type resourceConfiguration.&nbsp; 
These describe build settings of individual resources that are different from 
the configuration as a whole.&nbsp; </p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">Each configuration must have a unique identifier specified in the <var>id</var>
attribute that will be used by the build model to manage the
configuration. It must also have a <var>name</var> that will be
displayed in the UI in the build property page and new project wizards.&nbsp; 
The configuration contains the information needed to &ldquo;clean&rdquo; the build files on 
the host machine. &nbsp;The configuration can specify the <em>cleanCommand</em> 
attribute which specifies a command that removes the build files.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">The<em> prebuildStep, 
preannounceBuildStep, postbuildStep </em>and <em>postannouncebuildStep </em>
attributes define a custom build step to be run before and/or after the the 
build steps defined by the tool-chain.&nbsp; These attributes are not typically 
defined in the manifest file, but are instead added by a user from the 
configuration properties user interface.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">Additional configuration attributes are described in the schema table below.</p>
<p class="subsection">3.4.1 Schema</p>
<table
 style="border: medium none ; width: 670px; border-collapse: collapse;"
 border="1" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" id="table4">
  <tbody>
    <tr>
      <th
 style="border-style: double solid double double; border-color: windowtext; border-width: 1.5pt 1pt 1.5pt 1.5pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 20%; vertical-align: top; text-align: left;">
      Attribute</th>
      <th
 style="border-style: double solid double none; border-width: 1.5pt 1pt 1.5pt medium; border-top: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 65%; vertical-align: top; text-align: left;">
      Description</th>
      <th
 style="border-style: double double double none; border-width: 1.5pt 1.5pt 1.5pt medium; border-top: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 15%; vertical-align: top;">
      Required</th>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      id</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      A unique identifier that the model manager will use to keep
track of this specific configuration.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      yes</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;" height="18">
      name</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;" height="18">
      Human-readable name for the configuration to be used in the UI.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;" height="18">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      parent</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      The unique identifier of the configuration that this 
		configuration is derived from.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      artifactName</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      The name of the build goal defined by the configuration.&nbsp; 
		This can be set by the user in the UI.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      artifactExtension</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      The extension that the build goal will have, for example 
		&lsquo;.exe&rsquo; or &lsquo;.so&rsquo;</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      in hierarchy</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      cleanCommand</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      The command to remove intermediary and output files on the 
		build machine.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      in hierarchy</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      errorParsers</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      The semi-colon separated list of the default error parsers 
		to be used with this configuration.&nbsp;The list is ordered with the first 
		error parser on the list invoked first, the second error parser second, 
		and so on.&nbsp; The list may contain the error parsers defined by CDT and/or 
		other installed error parser extensions.&nbsp; The list of error parsers to 
		be used may be changed by the user on a per-configuration basis.&nbsp; When 
		specified, this overrides the tool-chain errorParsers attribute.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      prebuildStep</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      Specifies the pre-build command(s), which runs prior to the standard MBS 
		build.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      preannouncebuild Step</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      Specifies the post-build command(s), which runs after the standard MBS 
		build.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      postbuildStep</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      Specifies the string to be displayed when the pre-build command step is 
		run.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      postannouncebuild Step</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      Specifies the string to be displayed when the post-build command step is 
		run.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      description</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      Specifies the description of the configuration that will be displayed to 
		the user while creating a project and managing configurations.&nbsp; The 
		description is only displayed in the UI - it is not considered to be 
		part of the configuration name.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      no</td>
    </tr>
  </tbody>
</table>
<p class="subsection"><a name="_TocSectionGrammar_5">3.5 Tool Chain</a></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">The toolChain element represents 
the tool chain in the user model.&nbsp; It is a tool-integrator-defined set 
of tools that transform the project&rsquo;s input into the project&rsquo;s outputs. &nbsp;A 
tool-chain can be defined as part of a configuration, or as an independent 
specification that is referenced in a separate configuration via the toolChain 
superclass attribute.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">The toolChain contains one or more 
children of type tool.&nbsp; These define the tools used in the tool-chain.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">The toolChain contains one child 
of type targetPlatform.&nbsp; This defines the architecture/os combination(s) where 
the outputs of the project can be deployed.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">The toolChain contains one child 
of type builder.&nbsp; This defines the &ldquo;build&rdquo; or &ldquo;make&rdquo; utility that is used to 
drive the transformation of the inputs into outputs. </p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">The tooChain may contain one or 
more children of type optionCategory and option.&nbsp; These define tool-chain 
wide settings that are not specific to a particular tool.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">Typically a tool-chain is hosted 
only on a limited subset of operating system/architecture combinations. For 
example, it does not make much sense to allow a user to try to build a Solaris 
shared library project if they are running Eclipse and CDT on Windows. You can 
specify the operating systems and architectures that the tool-chain is supported 
on as a comma-separated list in the <em>osList</em> and <em>archList</em> 
attributes. </p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">A tool-chain should specify the <em>
targetTool </em>attribute to identify the tool that runs to generate the primary 
build output.&nbsp; If this is not specified, MBS uses the file extension 
of the build artifact name supplied by the user.&nbsp; This will work when the 
user uses one of the extensions expected by the tool, but will not work if they 
do not.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">MBS supports multiple versions of 
a tool-chain.&nbsp; The <em>versionsSupported</em><strong> </strong>attribute contains a 
list of supported versions of a particular tool chain. This indicates that there 
is no need to perform a conversion when user imports/loads a project with one of 
the supported tool chain versions. When a tool integrator decides to no longer 
support a version of a tool chain, they continue to ship the old tool chain 
definition and specify the id with version number of the tool chain definition 
to convert to in the <em>convertToId</em> attribute.&nbsp; If changes to the project 
information need to be performed by the conversion, the tool chain must provide 
a converter extension to perform the conversion.&nbsp; If no converter extension is 
provided, then there won&rsquo;t be any conversion.&nbsp; See  8.2 for additional 
information.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">A tool-chain may define a 
configuration level environment variable provider in the <em>configurationEnvironmentSupplier</em> attribute.&nbsp; See  
7.6 for additional information.<br>
</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">A tool-chain may define a 
configuration 
level macro provider in the <em>configurationMacroSupplier</em> attribute.&nbsp; See  
7.8 for additional information.<br>
</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">A tool-chain may be associated 
with a scanner configuration profile that defines how to discover built-in compiler defines and 
includes search paths.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">Additional tool-chain attributes are described in 
the schema table below.</p>
<p class="subsection">3.5.1 Schema</p>
<table
 style="border: medium none ; width: 670px; border-collapse: collapse;"
 border="1" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" id="table5">
  <tbody>
    <tr>
      <th
 style="border-left:1.5pt double windowtext; border-right:1pt solid windowtext; border-top:1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom:1.5pt double windowtext; width: 17%; vertical-align: top; text-align: left; padding-left:5.4pt; padding-right:5.4pt; padding-top:0in; padding-bottom:0in">
      Attribute</th>
      <th
 style="border-top: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; width: 62%; vertical-align: top; text-align: left; border-left-style:none; border-left-width:medium; padding-left:5.4pt; padding-right:5.4pt; padding-top:0in; padding-bottom:0in">
      Description</th>
      <th
 style="border-style: double double double none; border-width: 1.5pt 1.5pt 1.5pt medium; border-top: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 15%; vertical-align: top;">
      Required</th>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      id</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      A unique identifier that the model manager will use to keep track of this 
		specific toolChain.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      yes</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      name</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      Human-readable name for the toolChain to be used in the UI.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      superClass</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      The unique identifier of the toolChain that this toolChain 
		is derived from.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      isAbstract</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      Flags the toolChain as abstract.&nbsp; An abstract toolChain 
		must be defined as a top level object in the model definition and cannot 
		be selected by the user in the UI, but tool-chains derived from this 
		tool-chain will inherit its attributes and children.&nbsp; The default value 
		is false.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      targetTool</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      <span style="font-family: Arial">A semi-colon separated 
		list of the identifiers&nbsp;of the tools that can be used to create the 
		build artifact.&nbsp; A list is required, for example, when there are 2 
		versions of a target tool that are used with different project natures.</span></td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      yes</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      secondaryOutputs</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      <span style="font-family: Arial">A semi-colon separated 
		list of the identifiers of other output types, besides the primary 
		output of the targetTool, that are also considered to be build 
		artifacts.&nbsp; The build file generator will ensure that the outputs 
		get built.</span></td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      osList</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      <span class="typewriter"><span style="font-size: 10.0pt">
		The comma separated list of operating systems that the tool-chain is supported on. &nbsp;The 
		valid list of</span></span> operating system<span class="typewriter"><span style="font-size: 10.0pt">s 
		is the string values returned by Platform.getOS().</span></span><br>
		I<span class="typewriter"><span style="font-size: 10.0pt">f 
		the osList attribute is not specified, or if the value is &quot;all&quot;, then 
		the tool-chain is supported on all operating systems. &nbsp;Otherwise, the 
		tool-chain is only displayed when CDT is running on one of the specified 
		operating systems, unless the user has turned off filtering.</span></span></td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      archList</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <span class="typewriter"><span style="font-size: 10.0pt">
		The comma separated list of architectures that the tool-chain is supported on. &nbsp;The 
		valid list of</span></span> <span class="typewriter">
		<span style="font-size: 10.0pt">
		architectures is the string values returned by Platform.getOSArch().</span></span><br>
		<span class="typewriter"><span style="font-size: 10.0pt">
		If the archList attribute is not 
		specified, or if the value is &quot;all&quot;, then the tool-chain is supported on 
		all architectures. &nbsp;Otherwise, the tool-chain is only displayed when CDT 
		is running on one of the specified architectures, unless the user has 
		turned off filtering.</span></span></td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">	
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">errorParsers</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">The semi-colon separated list of the default error 
		parsers to be used with this tool-chain.&nbsp;The list is ordered with the 
		first error parser on the list invoked first, the second error parser 
		second, and so on.&nbsp; The list may contain the error parsers defined by 
		CDT and/or other installed error parser extensions.&nbsp; When specified, 
		this overrides the tool errorParsers attributes of the tool children of 
		the tool-chain and the builder child of the tool-chain.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 92.15pt;"
 valign="top" height="49">
      configurationMacro Supplier</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="49">
      The name of a class that implements the IConfigurationBuildMacroSupplier 
		interface in order to provide configuration level build macros.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="49">
      no</td>
    </tr>
	<tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 92.15pt;"
 valign="top" height="49">
      configurationEnviron mentSupplier</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="49">
      The name of a class that implements the IConfigurationEnvironmentVariableSupplier 
		interface in order to provide configuration level environment variables.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="49">
      no</td>
    </tr>
	<tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 92.15pt;"
 valign="top" height="49">
      isToolChain Supported</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="49">
      <p class="MsoNormal">The name of a class that implements the 
		<span style="font-size: 12.0pt; font-family: Times New Roman">
		IManagedIsToolChainSupported </span>interface.&nbsp; This provides a 
		method to be called to determine if support for the tool-chain is 
		currently installed on the system.&nbsp; MBS uses this information in 
		order to filter the choices presented to the CDT user and to inform the 
		user when support needed by their project is not installed. If the <em>
		isToolChainSupported </em>callback is not provided by the tool-chain 
		definition, the tool-chain is treated as supported.&nbsp; If all 
		configurations defined for the given project type are not supported the 
		project type is treated as unsupported.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="49">
      no</td>
    </tr>
	<tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 92.15pt;"
 valign="top" height="49">
      versionsSupported</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="49">
      Specifies a comma delimited list of versions of this tool-chain that can 
		be loaded without invoking a converter.&nbsp; See  8.2 for additional 
		information.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="49">
      no</td>
    </tr>
	<tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 92.15pt;"
 valign="top" height="49">
      convertToId</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="49">
      The identifier of a tool-chain, that tool-chains loaded using this 
		definition should be converted to. MBS will invoke the proper converter.&nbsp; 
		See  8.2 for additional information.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="49">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top"><span style="background-color: #00FFFF">scannerInfoCollector</span></td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">REMOVED - see the scannerConfigDiscoveryProfileId attribute</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">scannerConfig 
		DiscoveryProfileId</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">Specifies the id of a scanner configuration discovery profile for 
		gathering the built-in compiler settings for a toolchain.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">optionPathConverter
      </td>
      <td style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p class="MsoNormal">The name of a class that implements 
		IOptionPathConverter. Some tools like Cygwin on Windows understand non-standard paths, e.g. "/usr/local/include"
		which are not valid on the platform itself and cannot be understood by CDT's PathEntry framework.
		The path converter will be called each time when a tool's include or library path settings
		are evaluated for use by PathEntry and can change the given path to a platform-compatible format. <br>
		An optionPathConverter can be defined globally per toolchain or per tool. 
		When path translation is required the tool is asked for it's optionPathConverter. 
		If a converter is defined for the tool it will be used and override any toolchain settings.
		If a converter is not defined on the tool, the tool will ask it's toolchain for a converter.
	  </td>
	  <td style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">no</td>
  </tbody>
</table>
<p class="subsection"><a name="_TocSectionGrammar_6">3.6 Builder</a></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">The builder element represents the 
utility that drives the build process (typically, but not necessarily, a variant 
of &ldquo;make&rdquo;).&nbsp; It defines the command needed to invoke the build utility in the <em>
command</em> attribute. Any special flags that need to be passed to the builder 
are defined in the <em>arguments</em> attribute. &nbsp;&nbsp;The builder can specify the 
error parser(s) to be used to parse its output.&nbsp; The builder also specifies a 
Java class that generates the build file.&nbsp; MBS provides built-in gnu makefile 
generation.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">The builder can specify a number of arguments that apply to 
build macros and how they interact with the build file generator.&nbsp; </p>
<p class="MsoNormal">The builder can specify the template of how to convert a 
build macro that contains an environment variable into the build file 
environment variable format by specifying the <em>variableFormat</em> attribute.
</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">The builder can specify the builder internal (reserved) 
macro names and the macro names reserved by a build file generator (used to 
store the list of objects files, input files, etc.). This information will be 
used by the build file generator in the case where the build environment 
variable macros are not to be expanded in the build file. If an environment 
variable build macro name conflicts with the name of some reserved macro, it 
always gets resolved in the build file. See the <em>reservedMacroNames</em> and <em>
reservedMacroNameSupplier</em> attributes below.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">The builder can provide the values for the file-context 
build macros.&nbsp; To provide the value for the macro ${&lt;macro_name&gt;}, the <em>
macro&lt;macro_name&gt;Value</em> attribute should be specified. The value of this 
attribute should be set to the value of the given macro. MBS will resolve the 
value of unsupported file-context macros to their actual macro value. In this 
case, a separate rule for each file will be generated when file-specific macros 
are used.&nbsp; See the gnu tool-chain for an example of setting these 
attributes for gnu make.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">MBS supports multiple versions of 
a builder.&nbsp; The <em>versionsSupported</em><strong> </strong>attribute contains a list 
of supported versions of a particular builder. This indicates that there is no 
need to perform a conversion when user imports/loads a project with one of the 
supported builder versions. When a tool integrator decides to no longer support 
a version of a builder, they continue to ship the old builder definition and 
specify the id with version number of the new builder to convert to in the <em>
convertToId</em> attribute.&nbsp; If changes to the project information need to be 
performed by the conversion, the tool chain definition must provide a converter 
extension to perform the conversion.&nbsp; If no converter extension is provided, 
then there won&rsquo;t be any conversion.&nbsp; See  8.2 for additional information.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">Additional builder attributes are described in 
the schema table below.</p>
<p class="subsection">3.6.1 Schema</p>
<table
 style="border: medium none ; width: 670px; border-collapse: collapse;"
 border="1" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" id="table6">
  <tbody>
    <tr>
      <th
 style="border-style: double solid double double; border-color: windowtext; border-width: 1.5pt 1pt 1.5pt 1.5pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 20%; vertical-align: top; text-align: left;">
      Attribute</th>
      <th
 style="border-style: double solid double none; border-width: 1.5pt 1pt 1.5pt medium; border-top: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 65%; vertical-align: top; text-align: left;">
      Description</th>
      <th
 style="border-style: double double double none; border-width: 1.5pt 1.5pt 1.5pt medium; border-top: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 15%; vertical-align: top;">
      Required</th>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      id</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      A unique identifier that the model manager will use to keep
track of this specific builder.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      yes</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      name</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      Human-readable name for the builder to be used in the UI.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      superClass</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      The unique identifier of the builder that this builder is 
		derived from.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      no</td>
    </tr>
	<tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      isAbstract</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      Flags the builder as abstract.&nbsp; An abstract builder must be 
		defined as a top level object in the model definition and cannot be 
		selected by the user in the UI, but builders derived from this builder 
		will inherit its attributes and children.&nbsp; The default value is false.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      command</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      Specifies the default command to start the build 
		utility for your toolchain. If the user changes this through the UI, the 
		overriden value will be stored in the project build file. The build 
		model will default to this value if the user ever resets a change.&nbsp; 
		The default is &quot;make&quot;.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      arguments</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      Specifies the additional, default arguments 
		that will be passed to the build utility when it is called by the 
		builder. If the user changes the flags through the UI, the overriden 
		value will be stored in the project build settings file. The build model 
		will default to this value if the user ever resets a change. The default 
		is &ldquo;-k&rdquo;.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      errorParsers</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      Specifies the default list of error parsers used by the builder. These 
		error parsers are added to this list specified by the parent tool-chain. 
		It is an ordered, semi-colon separated list of parser IDs. The order 
		specifies the order in which the error parsers are invoked during a 
		build.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      buildfileGenerator</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      The name of a class that implements IManagedBuilderMakefileGenerator.&nbsp; 
		See  7.2 for additional information.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      variableFormat</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p class="MsoNormal">The value of this attribute should 
		be set to the expression representing the variable format. For example, 
		to generate macros with the ${macro} format, the attribute would contain 
		${=}.&nbsp; To generate macros with the @macro format, the attribute would 
		contain @=.&nbsp; If the attribute is not specified or contains the 
		empty string, this would mean that the builder can not treat environment 
		variables as its own variables. In this case, the build macros that 
		contain environment variables are resolved by MBS to their actual 
		value.&nbsp; The user can also specify that build macros that contain 
		environment variables be resolved to their actual value, as explained 
		earlier.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <span style="background-color: #FFFF00">i</span>sVariableCase 
		Sensitive</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <span style="font-family: Arial">Specifies whether the 
		builder variables are case sensitive or not. Can be set to either &ldquo;true&rdquo; 
		or &ldquo;false&rdquo;. The default is &ldquo;true&rdquo;. If the builder does not support 
		case-sensitive variables and there are some build environment variables 
		that differ only in case (Environment variables on Unix-like operating 
		systems are case sensitive), then those macros will always get resolved 
		in the buildfile.</span></td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      reservedMacro 
		Names</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p class="MsoNormal">Comma-separated list of reserved 
		macro names. The macro name could contain either the exact name or the 
		java regular expression. The latter could be used to supply the pattern 
		of variable names that are generated by MBS in case the &ldquo;buildVariable&rdquo; 
		attribute of the &ldquo;InputType&rdquo; element is not specified, etc.&nbsp; If 
		this attribute is specified and the reservedMacroNameSupplier is not 
		specified, the following macro names will be treated as reserved:</p>
		<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-indent: -.25in; margin-left: .25in">
		1.<span style="font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-family: Arial">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</span>a 
		macro name that is equal to one of the names specified in the 
		reservedMacroNames value</p>
		<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-indent: -.25in; margin-left: .25in">
		2.<span style="font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-family: Arial">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</span>a 
		macro name that matches one of the regexp patterns specified in the 
		reservedMacroNames value</p>
		<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-indent: -.25in; margin-left: .25in">
		3.<span style="font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-family: Arial">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</span>a 
		macro name that is equal to one of the build variable names specified 
		InputType elements of the tools used in the tool-chain</p>
		<span style="font-family: Arial">If this attribute is not 
		specified, MBS will assume that there are no reserved macro names that 
		could conflict with the build environment variable macros, except names 
		specified in the &ldquo;buildVariable&rdquo; attribute of the &ldquo;InputType&rdquo; elements: 
		these names will always be treated as reserved.</span></td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      reservedMacro 
		NameSupplier</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p class="MsoNormal">Should be set to the name of the 
		class that implements the IReservedMacroNameSupplier interface. If this 
		attribute is specified the reservedMacroNames attribute is ignored, and 
		the following macro names will be treated as reserved:</p>
		<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-indent: -.25in; margin-left: .25in">
		1.<span style="font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; font-family: Arial">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</span>macro 
		names that the IReservedMacroNamesSupplier specifies as reserved</p>
		<p style="text-indent: -0.25in; margin-left: 0.25in">
		<span style="font-family: Arial">2.&nbsp;&nbsp; a macro 
		name that is equal to one of the build variable names specified 
		InputType elements in the tools used in the tool-chain.&nbsp; 
		</span></td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      macroInputFile 
		NameValue</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      Represents the InputFileName macro value. The macro 
		specifies the input file name. The input file has the following meaning:<br>
		1. If a tool does not accept building multiple files of the primary 
		input type with one tool invocation, the input file is the file of the 
		primary input type being built.<br>
		2. If a tool accepts building multiple files of the primary input type 
		with one tool invocation the input file is undefined and the macros 
		representing the input file contain information about one of the inputs 
		of the primary input type being built.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      macroInputFile 
		ExtValue</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      Represents the InputFileExt macro value. The macro 
		specifies the extension of the input file.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      macroInputFile 
		BaseNameValue</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      Represents the InputFileBaseName macro value. The macro 
		specifies the base name of the input file. That is the file name with an 
		extension stripped.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      macroInputFile 
		RelPathValue</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      Represents the InputFileRelPath macro value. The macro 
		specifies the input file path relative to the builder current directory.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      macroInputDir 
		RelPathValue</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      Represents the InputDirRelPath macro value. The macro 
		specifies the input file directory path relative to the builder current 
		directory.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      macroInputDir 
		RelPathValue</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      Represents the InputDirRelPath macro value. The macro 
		specifies the input file directory path relative to the builder current 
		directory.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      macroOutput FileNameValue</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      Represents the OutputFileName macro value. The macro specifies the output 
		file name. The output file has the following meaning:<br>
		1. If a tool is not capable of producing multiple files of the primary 
		output type with one tool invocation the output file is the file of the 
		primary output type that is built with a given tool invocation.<br>
		2. If a tool is capable of producing multiple files of the primary 
		output type with one tool invocation the output file is undefined and 
		the macros representing the output file contain information about one of 
		the files of the primary output type that are built with a given tool 
		invocation.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      macroOutput FileExtValue</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      Represents the OutputFileExt macro value. The macro specifies the output 
		file extension.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      macroOutput FileBaseNameValue</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      Represents the OutputFileBaseName macro value. The macro specifies the 
		output file base name. That is the output file name with an extension 
		stripped.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      macroOutput FileRelPathValue</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      Represents the OutputFileRelPath macro value. The macro specifies the 
		output file path relative to the current builder directory.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      macroOutput DirRelPathValue</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      Represents the OutputDirRelPath macro value. The macro specifies the 
		output file directory path relative to the current builder directory.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      versionsSupported</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      Specifies a comma delimited list of versions of this Builder that can be 
		loaded without invoking a converter.&nbsp; See  8.2 for additional 
		information.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      convertToId</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      The identifier of a Builder that Builders loaded using this definition 
		should be converted to. MBS will invoke the proper converter.&nbsp; See 
		 8.2 for additional information.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      no</td>
    </tr>
  </tbody>
</table>
<p class="subsection"><a name="_TocSectionGrammar_7">3.7 Target Platform</a></p>
<p class="MsoNormal">The targetPlatform element represents the os/architecture 
combination(s) upon which the output of a tool-chain can be deployed.&nbsp; The <em>
osList </em>and <em>archList</em> attributes contain the Eclipse names of the 
operating systems and architectures described by this element.&nbsp;</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">CDT offers a facility for parsing 
binary files if it knows which output format the build artifact has been 
produced with. The <em>binaryParser</em> attribute must contain the id of the 
appropriate parser if you want build artifacts of the tool-chain to be parsed in 
the workspace.</p>
<p class="subsection">3.7.1 Schema</p>
<table
 style="border: medium none ; width: 670px; border-collapse: collapse;"
 border="1" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" id="table7">
  <tbody>
    <tr>
      <th
 style="border-style: double solid double double; border-color: windowtext; border-width: 1.5pt 1pt 1.5pt 1.5pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 20%; vertical-align: top; text-align: left;">
      Attribute</th>
      <th
 style="border-style: double solid double none; border-width: 1.5pt 1pt 1.5pt medium; border-top: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 65%; vertical-align: top; text-align: left;">
      Description</th>
      <th
 style="border-style: double double double none; border-width: 1.5pt 1.5pt 1.5pt medium; border-top: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 15%; vertical-align: top;">
      Required</th>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      id</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      A unique identifier that the model manager will use to keep track of this 
		specific targetPlatform.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      yes</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      name</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      Human-readable name for the targetPlatform to be used in the UI.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      superClass</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      The unique identifier of the targetPlatform that this 
		targetPlatform is derived from.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      isAbstract</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      Flags the targetPlatform as abstract.&nbsp; An abstract 
		targetPlatform must be defined as a top level object in the model 
		definition and can not be selected by the user in the UI, but target 
		platforms derived from this target platform will inherit its attributes 
		and children.&nbsp; The default value is false.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      osList</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      <span class="typewriter"><span style="font-size: 10.0pt">
		The list of operating systems that is valid for this target platform. 
		&nbsp;The valid list of</span></span> operating system<span class="typewriter"><span style="font-size: 10.0pt">s 
		is the string values returned by Platform.getOS().&nbsp; </span></span>I<span class="typewriter"><span style="font-size: 10.0pt">f 
		the osList attribute is not specified, or if the value is &quot;all&quot;, then 
		the target platform supports all operating systems.</span></span></td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      archList</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <span class="typewriter"><span style="font-size: 10.0pt">
		The list of architectures that is valid for this target platform. &nbsp;The 
		valid list of</span></span> architecture<span class="typewriter"><span style="font-size: 10.0pt">s 
		is the string values returned by Platform.getOSArch().&nbsp; </span></span>I<span class="typewriter"><span style="font-size: 10.0pt">f 
		the archList attribute is not specified, or if the value is &quot;all&quot;, then 
		the target platform supports all architectures.</span></span></td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">binaryParser</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">Semi-colon separated list of the ids of the appropriate parser(s) for the build 
		artifact</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">no</td>
    </tr>
  </tbody>
</table>
<p class="subsection"><a name="_TocSectionGrammar_8">3.8 Tool</a></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">The tool element represents the 
tool in the user model. <span style="color:red">&nbsp;</span>A tool must have a 
unique <em>id</em> for the build model, and a <em>name</em> that is displayed to a 
user through the UI. &nbsp;A tool can be defined as part of a tool-chain, or as an 
independent specification.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">A tool may contain one or more 
children of type option which define the tool command line settings that can be 
changed by the user.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">A tool may contain one or more 
children of type optionCategory.&nbsp; These are used to simplify the user&rsquo;s 
managements of the tool&lsquo;s settings by dividing the options into a hierarchy of 
categories. </p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">A tool may contain one or more 
children of type inputType and outputType.&nbsp; These define the inputs and 
outputs of the tool in the detail necessary for build file generation.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">A tool may contain one or more 
children of type envVarBuildPath.&nbsp; These specify the names of the 
environment variables used by the tool for specifying the include and the 
library paths.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">Certain tools logically belong to 
certain kinds of projects. For example, the Gnu compiler is invoked differently 
for C and C++ source files. You can specify a filter for a tool based on the 
nature of a project using the <em>natureFilter</em> attribute. When a new C 
project is created, a &ldquo;cnature&rdquo; is added to it. New C++ projects have both a 
&ldquo;cnature&rdquo; and &ldquo;ccnature&rdquo;. The build model interprets the filter as follows. If 
you specify a &lsquo;cnature&rsquo; filter, then the tool will only be displayed if the 
project has a &ldquo;cnature&rdquo; and does <em>not</em> have a &ldquo;ccnature&rdquo;. If you specify a 
&lsquo;ccnature&rsquo; filter, then the tool will be displayed if the project has a &ldquo;ccnature&rdquo;. 
The default if no filter is specified is to display the tool for all projects.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">Each tool specifies a <em>command</em> 
that will be placed in the build file during the build file generation stage of 
building.&nbsp; If the tool 
requires a special output flag, such as &lsquo;-o&rsquo; for a compiler or linker, the 
implementer must specify that in the <em>outputFlag</em> attribute.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">The <em>commandLineGenerator</em> 
attribute allows the implementer to specify a class that implements the <code>IManagedCommandLineGenerator</code>
interface.&nbsp; An explanation of how to replace the default command line 
generator can be found in  7.4. </p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">MBS supports multiple versions of 
a tool.&nbsp; The <em>versionsSupported</em><strong> </strong>attribute contains a list of 
supported versions of a particular tool. This indicates that there is no need to 
perform a conversion when user imports/loads a project with one of the supported 
tool versions. When a tool integrator decides to no longer support a version of 
a tool, they continue to ship the old tool definition and specify the id with 
version number of the tool to convert to in the <em>convertToId</em> attribute.&nbsp; 
If changes to the project information need to be performed by the conversion, 
the tool chain must provide a converter extension to perform the conversion.&nbsp; If 
no converter extension is provided, then there won&rsquo;t be any conversion.&nbsp; 
See  8.2 for additional information.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">Additional tool attributes are 
described in the schema table below.</p>
<p class="subsection">3.8.1 Schema</p>
<table
 style="border: medium none ; width: 670px; border-collapse: collapse;"
 border="1" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0">
  <tbody>
    <tr>
      <th
 style="border-style: double solid double double; border-color: windowtext; border-width: 1.5pt 1pt 1.5pt 1.5pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 20%; vertical-align: top; text-align: left;">
      <p>Attribute</p>
      </th>
      <th
 style="border-style: double solid double none; border-width: 1.5pt 1pt 1.5pt medium; border-top: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 65%; vertical-align: top; text-align: left;">
      <p>Description</p>
      </th>
      <th
 style="border-style: double double double none; border-width: 1.5pt 1.5pt 1.5pt medium; border-top: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 15%; vertical-align: top;">
      <p>Required</p>
      </th>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p>id</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p>A unique identifier for the tool that will be used by the
build model.</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p>yes</p>
      </td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p>name</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p>Human-readable name for the tool to be used in the UI.</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p>no</p>
      </td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      superClass</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      The unique identifier of the tool that this tool is derived 
		from.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      isAbstract</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      Flags the tool as abstract.&nbsp; An abstract tool must be 
		defined as a top level object in the model definition and can not be 
		selected by the user in the UI, but tools derived from this tool will 
		inherit its attributes and children.&nbsp; The default value is false.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p><span style="background-color: #00FFFF">sources</span></p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p>DEPRECATED - see the inputType element.</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      &nbsp;</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p><span style="background-color: #00FFFF">outputs</span></p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p>DEPRECATED - see the outputType element.</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      &nbsp;</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p>outputFlag</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p>An optional flag for tools that allow users to specify a name
for the artifact of the tool. For example, the GCC compiler and linker
tools typically allow the user to specify the name of the output with
the '-o' flag, whereas the archiver that creates libraries does not.</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p>no</p>
      </td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p><span style="background-color: #00FFFF">outputPrefix</span></p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p>DEPRECATED - see the outputType element.</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      &nbsp;</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <span style="background-color: #00FFFF">headerExtensions</span></td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p>DEPRECATED - see the inputType element.</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      &nbsp;</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      natureFilter</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      Filters the display (and use) of the tool by the nature of the project. 
		Selecting a value of &amp;apos;cnature&amp;apos; insures that the tool will be 
		displayed IFF there is a cnature associated with the project. A ccnature 
		will filter this tool out. If &amp;apos;ccnature&amp;apos; is selected, the tool 
		will only be available for C++ projects. If &amp;apos;both&amp;apos; is 
		selected, the tool will be displayed when either nature is present. This 
		attribute is required if it is not inherited from its superClass. The 
		default value is &quot;both&quot;.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      command</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      The command that invokes the tool. For example, gcc for the
Gnu C compiler, or g++ for the Gnu C++ compiler.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      in hierarchy</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      commandLinePattern</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      Specifies a command &ldquo;pattern&rdquo; that indicates how the parts 
		of the command line are used to create the entire command line.&nbsp; The 
		pattern consists of the replaceable variables COMMAND, FLAGS, 
		OUTPUT_FLAG, OUTPUT_PREFIX, OUTPUT and INPUTS.&nbsp; The default command line 
		pattern is <br>
		${COMMAND} ${FLAGS} ${OUTPUT_FLAG}${OUTPUT_PREFIX}${OUTPUT} ${INPUTS}, 
		except when customBuildStep is true, where the default is $(COMMAND).&nbsp;
		White space and other characters are significant and are copied to the 
		generated command.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      customBuildStep</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <span style="font-family: Arial">When True, indicates that 
		the Tool represents a CDT end-user-defined custom build step.&nbsp; The default is 
		False.&nbsp; When True, the default value of the commandLinePattern attribute 
		changes to &ldquo;$(command)&rdquo;.&nbsp; This attribute is used by the 
		implementation of Custom Build Steps on the MBS configuration property 
		page.&nbsp; It is not intended for use by tools defined by a 
		tool-integrator.</span></td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      errorParsers</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      Contains a semi-colon separated, ordered, list of error 
		parser ids.&nbsp; MBS adds the error parser(s) to the end of the toolChain 
		error parser list, if not already present, when a project resource is 
		defined to use the tool.&nbsp; The error parser(s) can be removed by the CDT 
		user, and is automatically removed when there are no more project 
		resources that use the tool.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      announcement</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      Specifies a string that is written to the build output prior to each 
		invocation of the tool. The default value is &ldquo;Invoking tool-name 
		(tool-id)&#8230;&rdquo;</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      icon</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      Path to a 16x16 pixel big icon that is to be displayed instead of the 
		default icon. The path is relative to the plug-in directory which 
		defines the build definitions.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      versionsSupported</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      Specifies a comma delimited list of versions of this tool that can be 
		loaded without invoking a converter.&nbsp; See  8.2 for additional 
		information.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      no</td>
    </tr>
	<tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      convertToId</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      The identifier of a tool that tools loaded using this definition should be 
		converted to. MBS will invoke the proper converter.&nbsp; See  8.2 for 
		additional information.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p><span style="background-color: #00FFFF">dependencyCalculator</span></p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p>DEPRECATED - see the inputType element.<br>
      </p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      &nbsp;</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p>commandLineGenerator</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p class="MsoNormal">The name of a class that implements 
		IManagedCommandLineGenerator in order to provide custom command line 
		generation logic.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p>no</p>
      </td>
    </tr>

    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p>optionPathConverter</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p class="MsoNormal">The name of a class that implements 
		IOptionPathConverter. Some tools like Cygwin on Windows understand non-standard paths, e.g. "/usr/local/include"
		which are not valid on the platform itself and cannot be understood by CDT's PathEntry framework.
		The path converter will be called each time when a tool's include or library path settings
		are evaluated for use by PathEntry and can change the given path to a platform-compatible format. <br>
		If a path converter is not defined on the tool, the tool will also ask it's toolchain for a path converter.
	  </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p>no</p>
      </td>
    </tr>




  </tbody>
</table>
<p class="subsection"><a name="_TocSectionGrammar_9">3.9 
Input Type</a></p>
<p class="MsoNormal">This element is a child of the Tool element.&nbsp; It describes 
one category of input to the tool.&nbsp; A Tool may have multiple InputType element 
children.&nbsp; The element may reference an Eclipse content type that corresponds to 
the input type.&nbsp; If Eclipse/CDT has not defined an appropriate content type, 
then the tool integration can provide an Eclipse content type extension.&nbsp; A 
content type describes things such as the file extensions that identify the type 
(see the Eclipse
<span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;Courier New&quot;">
org.eclipse.core.runtime.contentTypes</span> extension point.)&nbsp; </p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">CDT pre-defines the following 
content types:</p>
<ul>
	<li>
	<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">cSource&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; .c</li>
	<li>
	<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">cHeader&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; .h</li>
	<li>
	<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">cxxSource&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 
	.C,.cpp,.cxx,.cc</li>
	<li>
	<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">cxxHeader&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; .hpp,.hh,.hxx</li>
	<li>
	<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">asmSource&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; .asm,.s</li>
	<li>
	<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">objectFile&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; .o,.obj</li>
	<li>
	<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">executable&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; .exe</li>
	<li>
	<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">staticLibrary&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; .lib,.a</li>
	<li>
	<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">sharedLibrary&nbsp;&nbsp; .dll,.so,.dylib</li>
</ul>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">A tool can define more than one 
input type.&nbsp; The primary input type is used in a different manner than any 
secondary input types.&nbsp; For a multipleOfType == false primary input type, 
the tool is called for each project resource that is of the primary input type.&nbsp; 
All files of every secondary input type are added to each invocation of the 
tool.&nbsp; For a multipleOfType == true primary input type, the primary inputs 
are listed before the secondary inputs.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">Calculated dependencies of an 
input type are not described by a separate input type, but are instead 
determined by a dependency calculator extension callback when necessary.&nbsp; The <var>dependencyCalculator</var> attribute allows the
implementer to specify a class that implements the <code>IManagedDependencyGenerator2</code>
interface. It is the responsibility of this class to answer all of the
source-level dependencies for a given input. A discussion of why this
is important for make-based build utilities can be found in &sect;
5.1.3. An explanation of how to replace the default dependency
calculator can be found in &sect; 7.3.<br>
</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">Other 
attributes of the InputType element are described in the table below.</p>
<p class="subsection">3.9.1 Schema</p>
<table
 style="border: medium none ; width: 670px; border-collapse: collapse;"
 border="1" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" id="table12">
  <tbody>
    <tr>
      <th
 style="border-style: double solid double double; border-color: windowtext; border-width: 1.5pt 1pt 1.5pt 1.5pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 20%; vertical-align: top; text-align: left;">
      Attribute</th>
      <th
 style="border-style: double solid double none; border-width: 1.5pt 1pt 1.5pt medium; border-top: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 65%; vertical-align: top; text-align: left;">
      Description</th>
      <th
 style="border-style: double double double none; border-width: 1.5pt 1.5pt 1.5pt medium; border-top: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 15%; vertical-align: top;">
      Required</th>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      id</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <span style="font-family: Arial">A unique identifier that 
		the MBS will use to track this element.</span></td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      Yes</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="19">
      name</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="19">
      <span style="font-family: Arial">The name of the input type 
		that is displayed to the user in the UI.</span></td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="19">
      No</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      superclass</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <span style="font-family: Arial">The unique identifier of 
		the inputType that this inputType is derived from.</span></td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      No</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      sourceContentType</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <span style="font-family: Arial">The id of an Eclipse 
		content type that describes this input type.&nbsp; If both the sources 
		attribute and the sourceContentType attribute are specified, the 
		sourceContentType will be used if it is defined in Eclipse.</span></td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      No</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      sources</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <span style="font-family: Arial">A comma-separated list of 
		file extensions that the tool will produce output for.&nbsp; Note that the 
		user will not be able to modify the set of file extensions as they can 
		when sourceContentType is specified.</span></td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      No</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      dependencyContent Type</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <span style="font-family: Arial">The id of an Eclipse 
		content type used for dependency files.&nbsp; If both the 
		dependencyExtensions attribute and the dependencyContentType attribute 
		are specified, the dependencyContentType will be used if it is defined 
		in Eclipse.</span></td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      No</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      dependencyExtensions</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <span style="font-family: Arial">A comma-separated list of 
		file extensions used by dependency files. Note that the user will not be 
		able to modify the set of file extensions as they can when 
		dependencyContentType is specified.</span></td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      No</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      option</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      The id of an Option element that is used on the command line to identify 
		inputs of this type. If specified, the name(s) of the input files for 
		this input type are taken from the value specified for the option.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      No</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      assignToOption</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      The id of an Option element whose value is to be assigned to the file(s) 
		calculated for this input type. The default is not to assign the input 
		file(s) to a command line option but to assign the files to the 
		${Inputs} part of the command line. Note that the option value is only 
		updated during build file generation and therefore could be out of sync 
		with the project until build file generation occurs.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      No</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      multipleOfType</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <span style="font-family: Arial">True if all of the inputs 
		of this category are used in one invocation of the tool.&nbsp; The inputs can 
		be project resources, or the outputs of other tools in the tool-chain.&nbsp; 
		The default is False.</span></td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      No</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      primaryInput</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <span style="font-family: Arial">True is this is considered 
		the primary input of the tool.&nbsp; The default is False.</span></td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      No</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      dependencyCalculator</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <span style="font-family: Arial">The name of a class that 
		provides the source file dependency calculation for the input type.&nbsp; The 
		class implements the IManagedDependencyGenerator2 interface.&nbsp; The default 
		is none.</span></td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      No</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      buildVariable</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <span style="font-family: Arial">A variable used in the 
		build file to represent the list of input files.&nbsp; The same variable name 
		can be used by an outputType to identify a set of output files that 
		contribute to this tool&rsquo;s input (i.e., those using the same 
		buildVariable name).&nbsp; A build variable is ignored when multipleOfType is 
		false and this is the primary input of the tool. &nbsp;The default name is 
		chosen by MBS.</span></td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      No</td>
    </tr>
  </tbody>
</table>
<p class="subsection"><a name="_TocSectionGrammar_10">3.10 
Additional Input</a></p>
<p class="MsoNormal">This element is a child of the InputType element.&nbsp; It 
describes additional input of a particular input type.<span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:Arial">
</span>An InputType may have multiple AdditionalInput element children.&nbsp; 
This element is only present if additional inputs and/or dependencies are 
specified by the user (or tool integrator).</p>
<p class="subsection">3.10.1 Schema</p>
<table
 style="border: medium none ; width: 670px; border-collapse: collapse;"
 border="1" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" id="table14">
  <tbody>
    <tr>
      <th
 style="border-style: double solid double double; border-color: windowtext; border-width: 1.5pt 1pt 1.5pt 1.5pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 20%; vertical-align: top; text-align: left;">
      Attribute</th>
      <th
 style="border-style: double solid double none; border-width: 1.5pt 1pt 1.5pt medium; border-top: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 65%; vertical-align: top; text-align: left;">
      Description</th>
      <th
 style="border-style: double double double none; border-width: 1.5pt 1.5pt 1.5pt medium; border-top: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 15%; vertical-align: top;">
      Required</th>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      paths</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <span style="font-family: Arial">Defines a semi-colon 
		separated list of the relative or absolute path of the resource(s) to 
		which this element applies.&nbsp; The resource(s) must be a member of the 
		project, the output from another tool in the tool-chain, or an external 
		file.&nbsp; The file name of a path can use GNU Make pattern rule syntax (in 
		order to generate the name from the output file name).</span></td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      Yes</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="18">
      kind</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="18">
      <p class="MsoNormal"><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:Arial">
		Defines the kind of additional input.&nbsp; The valid string values are:
		</span></p>
		<ul style="margin-top: 0in; margin-bottom: 0in" type="disc">
			<li class="MsoNormal">
			<span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:Arial">
			AdditionalDependency &#8211; added as a tool dependency, but not to the 
			command line.</span></li>
			<li class="MsoNormal">
			<span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:Arial">AdditionalInput &#8211; 
			added as an additional input to the command line, but not as a 
			dependency.</span></li>
			<li class="MsoNormal">
			<span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:Arial">
			AdditionalInputDependency &#8211; added as both.</span></li>
		</ul>
		<span style="font-family: Arial">The default is 
		</span><span style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: Arial">
		AdditionalInputDependency.</span></td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="18">
      No</td>
    </tr>
  </tbody>
</table>
<p class="subsection"><a name="_TocSectionGrammar_11">3.11 
Output Type</a></p>
<p class="MsoNormal">This element is a child of the Tool element.&nbsp; It 
describes one category of output created by the tool.&nbsp; A Tool may have multiple 
OutputType element children.&nbsp; The element may reference an Eclipse content type 
that corresponds to the output type.&nbsp; If Eclipse/CDT has not defined an 
appropriate content type, then the tool integration can provide an Eclipse 
content type extension.&nbsp; It describes things such as the file extensions that 
identify the type (see the Eclipse
<span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;Courier New&quot;">
org.eclipse.core.runtime.contentTypes</span> extension point.) </p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">A number of the OutputType 
attributes provide a mechanism for MBS to determine the name(s) of the output 
file(s) generated from this OutputType.&nbsp; This is necessary in order for MBS 
to generate correct build files, and to allow for input ordering.&nbsp; The precedence 
order for determining the output resource names is the following:</p>
<ol style="margin-top: 0in; margin-bottom: 0in" start="1" type="1">
	<li style="margin-top: 6.0pt">
	If this is the &ldquo;target&rdquo; tool in the tool-chain, and this is the primary 
	OutputType, use the user-defined artifact name and extension.</li>
	<li style="margin-top: 6.0pt">
	If the <em>option</em> attribute is specified, use the value of the option.</li>
	<li style="margin-top: 6.0pt">
	If the <em>nameProvider </em>attribute is specified, call the nameProvider and use 
	the returned name(s).</li>
	<li style="margin-top: 6.0pt">
	If the <em>outputNames </em>attribute is specified, use the value of the attribute.</li>
	<li style="margin-top: 6.0pt">
	Use the <em>namePattern</em> attribute value to construct the name from the input 
	file name.</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;If the output of the tool usually has a special prefix, like the prefix 
&lsquo;lib&rsquo; for libraries on POSIX systems, the implementer must specify this in the <em>outputPrefix</em> 
attribute.</p>
<p class="subsection">3.11.1 Schema</p>
<table
 style="border: medium none ; width: 670px; border-collapse: collapse;"
 border="1" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" id="table13">
  <tbody>
    <tr>
      <th
 style="border-style: double solid double double; border-color: windowtext; border-width: 1.5pt 1pt 1.5pt 1.5pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 20%; vertical-align: top; text-align: left;">
      Attribute</th>
      <th
 style="border-style: double solid double none; border-width: 1.5pt 1pt 1.5pt medium; border-top: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 65%; vertical-align: top; text-align: left;">
      Description</th>
      <th
 style="border-style: double double double none; border-width: 1.5pt 1.5pt 1.5pt medium; border-top: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 15%; vertical-align: top;">
      Required</th>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      id</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      A unique identifier that the MBS will use to track this element.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      Yes</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="19">
      name</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      The name of the output type that is displayed to the user in the UI.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="18">
      No</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      superclass</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      The unique identifier of the outputType that this outputType is derived 
		from.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      No</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      outputContentType</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      The id of an Eclipse content type that describes this output type. If both 
		the outputs attribute and the outputContentType attribute are specified, 
		the outputContentType will be used if it is defined in Eclipse.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      No</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      outputs</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      The default extension that the tool will produce from a given input. Note 
		that the user will not be able to modify the set of file extensions as 
		they can when outputContentType is specified.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      No</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      option</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      The id of the option that is used on the command line to specify this 
		output.&nbsp; The default is to use the Tool &ldquo;outputFlag&rdquo; attribute if 
		primaryOutput is True.&nbsp; If option is not specified, and primaryOutput is 
		False, then the output file(s) of this outputType are not added to the 
		command line.&nbsp; If specified, the nameProvider, namePattern and 
		outputNames are ignored.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      No</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      multipleOfType</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      True if multiple outputs of this type are created by one invocation of the 
		tool.&nbsp; The default is False.&nbsp; If True, the nameProvider 
		attribute or outputNames attribute must be specified.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      No</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      primaryInputType</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      Id of the input type that is used in determining the build &ldquo;rules&rdquo; for the 
		output type and for the default name of the output file.&nbsp; The default is 
		the input type with primaryInput == true.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      No</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      primaryOutput</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      If True, then this is the primary output of the tool.&nbsp; The default is 
		False.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      No</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="83">
      outputPrefix</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="83">
      Some tools produce files with a special prefix that must be specified.&nbsp; 
		For example, a librarian on POSIX systems expects the output to be lib.a 
		so &lsquo;lib&rsquo; would be the prefix.&nbsp; The default is to use the Tool 
		&ldquo;outputPrefix&rdquo; attribute if primaryOutput is True, otherwise the default 
		is an empty string.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="83">
      No</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      outputNames</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      Specifies the semi-colon delimited, complete set of output resource names 
		created by the output type.&nbsp; If specified, the namePattern is 
		ignored.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      No</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      namePattern</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      Specifies a name pattern with the file extension, using the Gnu pattern 
		rule syntax, for deriving the output resource name from the input 
		resource name.&nbsp; The default, &ldquo;%&rdquo;, is to use the input file base filename 
		with the output extension.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      No</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      nameProvider</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      The name of a class that implements the IManagedOutputNameProvider 
		interface.&nbsp; When specified, the namePattern and outputNames attributes 
		are &nbsp;ignored.&nbsp; When multipleOfType is true, this attribute, or 
		the outputNames attribute, is required 
		in order for MBS to know the names of the output files.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      No</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      buildVariable</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      A variable used in the build file to represent the list of output files.&nbsp; 
		The same variable name can be used by an inputType to identify a set of 
		output files that contribute to the tool&rsquo;s input (i.e., those using the 
		same buildVariable name).&nbsp; The default name is chosen by MBS.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      No</td>
    </tr>
  </tbody>
</table>
<p class="subsection"><a name="_TocSectionGrammar_12">3.12 Option Category</a></p>
<p>The optionCategory element represents the option category in 
the user model.&nbsp; A tool can have a large number of options. To help organize the user
interface for these options, a hierarchical set of option categories
can
be defined. A unique identifier must be specified in the <var>id</var>
attribute. This will be used by the build model to manage the category.
The user will see the value assigned to the <var>name</var>
attribute. If the category is nested inside another category, the
unique
identifier of the higher level category must be specified in the <var>owner</var>
attribute, otherwise specify the identifier of the tool
the category belongs to.</p>
<p class="subsection">3.12.1 Schema</p>
<table
 style="border: medium none ; width: 670px; border-collapse: collapse;"
 border="1" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0">
  <tbody>
    <tr>
      <th
 style="border-left:1.5pt double windowtext; border-right:1pt solid windowtext; border-top:1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom:1.5pt double windowtext; width: 106px; vertical-align: top; text-align: left; padding-left:5.4pt; padding-right:5.4pt; padding-top:0in; padding-bottom:0in">
      <p>Attribute</p>
      </th>
      <th
 style="border-top: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; width: 66%; vertical-align: top; text-align: left; border-left-style:none; border-left-width:medium; padding-left:5.4pt; padding-right:5.4pt; padding-top:0in; padding-bottom:0in">
      <p>Description</p>
      </th>
      <th
 style="border-top: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; width: 13%; vertical-align: top; border-left-style:none; border-left-width:medium; padding-left:5.4pt; padding-right:5.4pt; padding-top:0in; padding-bottom:0in">
      <p>Required</p>
      </th>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      <p>id</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p>Used by the build model to uniquely identify the option
category.</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p>yes</p>
      </td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p>name</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p>A human-readable category name, such as 'Pre-processor
Options'. This will be the name the user sees displayed in the UI.</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p>yes</p>
      </td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p>owner</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p>Option categories can belong to a tool, a toolChain or be nested inside 
		other option categories. This is the ID of the owner of the category.&nbsp; The default owner 
		if the parent tool or tool-chain.</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p>no</p>
      </td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid double double; border-width: medium 1pt 1.5pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="53">
      icon</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid double none; border-width: medium 1pt 1.5pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top" height="52">
      Path to a 16x16 pixel big icon that is to be displayed instead of the 
		default icon.&nbsp; The path is relative to the plug-in directory which 
		defines the build definitions.</td>
      <td
 style="border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; width: 13%; vertical-align: top; border-left-style:none; border-left-width:medium; border-top-style:none; border-top-width:medium; padding-left:5.4pt; padding-right:5.4pt; padding-top:0in; padding-bottom:0in" height="52">
      <p>no</p></td>
    </tr>
  </tbody>
</table>
<p class="subsection"><a name="_TocSectionGrammar_13">3.13 Option</a></p>
<p class="MsoNormal">The option element represents the option in the user model.&nbsp; 
Options are used to organize and maintain the command arguments that are sent to 
tools during the build. Users interact with the build model through the UI to 
set the value of options.&nbsp; Each option must have a unique <em>id</em> for the 
build model to properly manage it. A descriptive <em>name</em> that will appear in 
the UI must be specified. Options can be organized into categories to keep the 
UI more manageable. If an option category has been defined for the tool, and the 
option should be displayed as part of that category, then the unique identifier 
of the option category must be specified in the <em>category</em> attribute.</p>
<p class="subsection">3.13.1 Option Types</p>
<p>Some options contain commands to turn a feature off or on, such as
setting a flag to see descriptive messages from a tool. Others contain
lists of values, such as a set of directories to search for files.
Still
others are a single selection from a pre-determined range of choices,
like the level of debugging information to produce, or the type of
architecture to build for. The <var>valueType</var> attribute is used
to
indicate to the build model what kind of option it is.</p>
<p>Specifying the type of value an option contains is an important
design decision, since it controls how the build model treats the
contents of the option&rsquo;s attributes, and just as importantly, how the
option is displayed to the user. The basic types are <code>string</code>,
<code>boolean</code>, <code>stringList</code>, and <code>enumerated</code>.
</p>
<p>There are also four specialized cases of list options, <code>includePath</code>,
<code>definedSymbols</code>, <code>libs</code>, and <code>userObjs</code>
to manage the
list of paths to search for header files, the defined preprocessor
symbols, external libraries to link against, and object module to link
in respectively.</p>
<p class="subsection">3.13.1.1 String Options</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">String options are used for tool 
commands that take a user-defined value.&nbsp; The UI representation for a string 
option is a text box.</p>
<p class="subsection">3.12.1.2 Boolean Options</p>
<p>Boolean options are used to specify an option that is 
either true or false. The UI representation for a boolean option is a
check box. The value of the option is set true by selecting the check
box, and false by deselecting it. If true, the <var>command</var>
associated with
the option will be passed to the tool when it is invoked. If false, the
value associated with the <var>commandFalse</var> attribute will be passed.</p>
<p class="subsection">3.13.1.3 Enumerated Options</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">Enumerated options are used when 
the tool command takes a value from a pre-determined range of choices. The UI 
representation for an enumerated option is a combo box.&nbsp; Enumerated options may 
have enumeratedOptionValue children.&nbsp; Note that when an enumerated option has 
enumeratedOptionValue children, the children define the complete set of possible 
option values and override the enumeratedOptionValue children of any superclass.</p>
<p class="subsection">3.13.1.4 String List Options</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">String list options are used for a 
tool command that takes a list of user-defined values.&nbsp; The UI representation 
for a string list option is a multi-line text box and button bar.&nbsp; String list 
options may have listOptionValue children.</p>
<p class="subsection">3.13.1.4.1 Special List Options</p>
<p>There are four special cases of string list options; <code>includePaths</code>
specify the paths to search for header files, <code>definedSymbols</code>
for user-defined preprocessor defines, <code>libs</code> for libraries
that must be linked into the final build goal, and <code>userObjs</code>
for external object files that must be linked.</p>
<p>While specifying these types of options as type <var>stringList</var>
will make them appear in the UI correctly, the build model will not be
able to recognize them as special in any way. Since certain functions
of
the CDT require this information to function correctly, it is important
to flag these types of options appropriately. For example, the search
and indexing function may not perform correctly if the includes paths
and defined symbols are not set for a project. Similarly, the build file
generator may not be able to generate dependencies correctly if it is
unaware that there are libraries and external object files that
participate in
the final build step.</p>
<p class="subsection">3.13.1.4.2 Browse Types</p>
<p>Certain types of list and string options that deal with files or directories 
are easier for the user to manipulate if there is a browse button supplied in 
the UI. This is especially true for include and library search paths, as well as 
library and object file lists. Because the UI needs to know what &quot;type&quot; of 
browser to display, the implementer may
specify the <var>browseType</var> for list and string options as <code>none</code>
(default), <code>file</code>, or <code>directory</code>. Note that
the <var>browseType</var> attribute is only used for list and string options. It
is ignored for all other option types.<br>
</p>
<p class="subsection">3.13.2 Values and Default Values</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">An option can define a default 
value that applies to the option until a value has been specified. An option 
defines its default value using the <em>defaultValue</em> attribute.&nbsp; When an 
option has a value that has been specifically set, the value is contained in the
<em>value</em> attribute.&nbsp; In order to determine the current value of an option, 
MBS performs the following steps until a value is found:</p>
<ol>
	<li>Examine the <em>value</em> 
	attribute of the option.</li>
	<li>Examine the <em>value</em> 
	attribute of the option&rsquo;s <em>superClass </em>recursively.</li>
	<li>Examine the <em>
	defaultValue</em> attribute of the option.</li>
	<li>Examine the <em>
	defaultValue</em> attribute of the option&rsquo;s <em>superClass recursively</em>.</li>
	<li>Use the default value for 
	the option type.</li>
</ol>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">The type of option will determine 
how the build model treats the value it finds associated with the attribute. 
Options that define simple string values will use the value as-is as described 
below.&nbsp; For boolean options any value but the string &lsquo;true&rsquo; will be treated as 
false. List options treat all the defined list option values as default, and 
enumerated options search through the defined enumerated values for the default.</p>
<p class="subsection">3.13.3 Option Commands</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">The values stored in the options 
are passed to build tools with unique flags, depending on the compiler and the 
option. For example, an option defining the paths a linker should search for 
libraries might contain a large number of search paths, but each path is passed 
to the linker with a &lsquo;-L&rsquo; flag. The <em>command</em> attribute is used to hold the 
actual flag to pass along with the option value. </p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">The build model handles the value 
it finds associated with the command attribute differently depending on the type 
of value the option is managing based on the following heuristic. For string 
options the option value is appended to the value of the <em>command </em>
attribute. The <em>command </em>attribute can be empty in order to support an area 
for typing in additional options. &nbsp;For enumerated options, the <em>command</em> 
associated with the selected enumerated value is used, not the command defined 
in the option. For boolean options, the <em>command</em> is used if the option 
value is set to true, otherwise the value of the <em>commandFalse</em> attribute 
is used. For list options, the <em>command</em> is applied to each element of the 
list.</p>
<table style="border: medium none ; border-collapse: collapse;"
 border="1" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0">
  <tbody>
    <tr>
      <th
 style="border-style: double solid double double; border-color: windowtext; border-width: 1.5pt 1pt 1.5pt 1.5pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 110.7pt;"
 valign="top" width="148">
      <p>Option Value Type</p>
      </th>
      <th
 style="border-style: double solid double none; border-width: 1.5pt 1pt 1.5pt medium; border-top: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 110.7pt;"
 valign="top" width="148">
      <p>Uses Default Value</p>
      </th>
      <th
 style="border-style: double solid double none; border-width: 1.5pt 1pt 1.5pt medium; border-top: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 110.7pt;"
 valign="top" width="148">
      <p>Uses Command</p>
      </th>
      <th
 style="border-style: double double double none; border-width: 1.5pt 1.5pt 1.5pt medium; border-top: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 110.7pt;"
 valign="top" width="148">
      <p>UI Element</p>
      </th>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 110.7pt;"
 valign="top" width="148">
      <p>string</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 110.7pt;"
 valign="top" width="148">
      <p>Yes</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 110.7pt;"
 valign="top" width="148">
      Yes</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 110.7pt;"
 valign="top" width="148">
      <p>Text box</p>
      </td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 110.7pt;"
 valign="top" width="148">
      <p>boolean</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 110.7pt;"
 valign="top" width="148">
      <p>Yes</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 110.7pt;"
 valign="top" width="148">
      <p>Yes if true, else commandFalse</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 110.7pt;"
 valign="top" width="148">
      <p>Check box</p>
      </td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 110.7pt;"
 valign="top" width="148">
      <p>enumerated</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 110.7pt;"
 valign="top" width="148">
      <p>Yes</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 110.7pt;"
 valign="top" width="148">
      <p>No.</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 110.7pt;"
 valign="top" width="148">
      <p>Combo box</p>
      </td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid double double; border-width: medium 1pt 1.5pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 110.7pt;"
 valign="top" width="148">
      <p>stringList</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid double none; border-width: medium 1pt 1.5pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 110.7pt;"
 valign="top" width="148">
      <p>No.</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid double none; border-width: medium 1pt 1.5pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 110.7pt;"
 valign="top" width="148">
      <p>Yes.</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double double none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1.5pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 110.7pt;"
 valign="top" width="148">
      <p>List and button bar</p>
      </td>
    </tr>
  </tbody>
</table>
<p class="subsection">3.13.4 <span style="background-color: #FFFF00">Option 
Applicability</span></p>
<p>This section will be provided in a future version of the document.</p>
<p class="subsection">3.13.5 Schema</p>
<table
 style="border: medium none ; width: 670px; border-collapse: collapse;"
 border="1" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0">
  <tbody>
    <tr>
      <th
 style="border-style: double solid double double; border-color: windowtext; border-width: 1.5pt 1pt 1.5pt 1.5pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 20%; vertical-align: top; text-align: left;">
      <p>Attribute</p>
      </th>
      <th
 style="border-style: double solid double none; border-width: 1.5pt 1pt 1.5pt medium; border-top: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 65%; vertical-align: top; text-align: left;">
      <p>Description</p>
      </th>
      <th
 style="border-style: double double double none; border-width: 1.5pt 1.5pt 1.5pt medium; border-top: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 15%; vertical-align: top;">
      <p>Required</p>
      </th>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p>id</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      <p>A unique identifier for the option that will be used by the
build model.</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      <p>yes</p>
      </td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      <p>name</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      <p>Human-readable name for the option to be used in the UI.</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      <p>no</p>
      </td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      superClass</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      The unique identifier of the option that this option is 
		derived from.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      isAbstract</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      Flags the option as abstract.&nbsp; An abstract option must be 
		defined as a top level object in the model definition and can not be 
		selected by the user in the UI, but options derived from this option 
		will inherit its attributes and children.&nbsp; The default value is false.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      category</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      This is the id of the option category for this option. The id
can be the id of the tool which is also a category.&nbsp; The default category 
		is the parent tool.&nbsp; Note that an optionCategory id must be 
		supplied as the value for an option that is a child of a toolChain.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      no</td>
    </tr>
	<tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      valueType</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      General options can be one of the following types; 'string' for catch-all 
		entries for options that cannot be easily defined any other way, 'string 
		list' for entries that consist of a list of values such as defined 
		symbols or paths, 'boolean' for options that have two values, and 
		'enumerated' for options that are one-of a list of values.<br>
		<br>
		Additional special types exist to flag options of special relevance to 
		the build model; 'include', 'libs', 'userObjs' and 'definedSymbols'. You 
		can pre-populate with optionValues, and they will display in the UI the 
		same way the 'stringList' options do. The build model will look 
		specifically for these value types when clients query for include paths 
		and preprocessor defines. The makefile generator treats the libs and 
		userObjs entries differently than other stringLists.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      in hierarchy</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;" height="18">
      value</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;" height="18">
      Value assigned to the option by the end user or in a 
		default configuration.&nbsp; For options containing a Boolean 
		value, the string &lsquo;true&rsquo; is treated as true, any other value as false.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;" height="18">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      <p>defaultValue<br>
      </p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      <p>Optionally specifies the value for the option if the user has
not edited it. For options containing a Boolean value, the string
&lsquo;true&rsquo; is treated as true, any other value as false.</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p>no</p>
      </td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p>command</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p>An optional value that specifies the actual command that will
be passed to the tool on the command line.&nbsp; The command 
		provides a &ldquo;pattern&rdquo; for specifying where the value should be placed for 
		options of type string and stringlist.&nbsp; The pattern can 
		contain the replaceable variable &ldquo;value&rdquo;.&nbsp; If no ${value} is specified 
		in the command, the option value is appended to the end of the specified 
		command.</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">commandFalse</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">An optional value, used only with options of
type Boolean, that specifies the actual command that will be passed to
the tool on the command line when the value of the Boolean option is
False.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">browseType</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">This value is used for string and stringlist (and related)
options only. If you need a list option to prompt the user to browse
for a file or directory when adding a new value, set the value of the
attribute accordingly. By default the value is treated as no browsing
needed.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">resourceFilter</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">Specifies the resource types that this option 
		applies to.&nbsp; The values are &ldquo;project&rdquo;, &ldquo;file&rdquo;, and &ldquo;all&rdquo;.&nbsp; The default 
		is &ldquo;all&rdquo;.&nbsp; Specifying &ldquo;project&rdquo; indicates that the option is displayed 
		when modifying a configuration&rsquo;s options, but not when modifying an 
		individual file&rsquo;s options.&nbsp; Specifying &ldquo;file&rdquo; indicates the opposite.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">valueHandler</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">The name of a class that implements the IManagedOptionValueHandler 
		interface.&nbsp; This interface is used to dynamically manage the value 
		of an option.&nbsp; See  7.11. </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">valueHandlerExtra Argument</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">An optional extra text string that is passed into the valueHandler.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid double double; border-width: medium 1pt 1.5pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">applicability Calculator</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid double none; border-width: medium 1pt 1.5pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">The name of class which is used to determine dynamically at 
		runtime whether the option is visible, enabled, and used in command line 
		generation. This class must implement the IOptionApplicability 
		interface. If no calculator is specified then the option is always 
		visible, enabled, and used in command line generation.&nbsp; See  7.12. </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double double none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1.5pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid double double; border-width: medium 1pt 1.5pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top"><span style="background-color: #FFFF00">tip</span></td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid double none; border-width: medium 1pt 1.5pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">Specifies a &quot;tip&quot; that can be displayed in hover help or on the 
		property page.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double double none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1.5pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">no</td>
    </tr>
  </tbody>
</table>
<p class="subsection"><a name="_TocSectionGrammar_14">3.14 List Option Value</a></p>
<p>Some options are best described using a list of values. This build
model element is used to define an individual element of a list option.
Typically, these options are populated by the user, not by the person
describing the option. However, if you define one or more values in
your
extension point, they will be displayed in the UI when the user edits
the build settings for the project. If the user modifies those
settings,
the overridden values will be stored by the build model and displayed
in
the UI.</p>
<p>There is an exception to this, however. Certain core functions in
the
CDT rely on the built-in parser to function correctly. In order to
return accurate values, the CDT parser must mimic (as closely as
possible) the preprocessor that ships with the tool. Unfortunately, these tools often have a number of built-in
symbols and include paths that the user is never required to set, and
may be unaware even exist. In those cases, the tool integrator must set those values in the tool definition and flag them by
setting the value of the <var>builtIn</var> attribute to true. Built
in
list option values are never shown to the user, and are only passed to
clients of the build model that specifically request them.</p>
<p class="subsection">3.14.1 Schema</p>
<table
 style="border: medium none ; border-collapse: collapse; width: 642px;"
 border="1" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0">
  <tbody>
    <tr>
      <th
 style="border-style: double solid double double; border-color: windowtext; border-width: 1.5pt 1pt 1.5pt 1.5pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 20%; vertical-align: top; text-align: left;">
      <p>Attribute</p>
      </th>
      <th
 style="border-style: double solid double none; border-width: 1.5pt 1pt 1.5pt medium; border-top: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 65%; vertical-align: top; text-align: left;">
      <p>Description</p>
      </th>
      <th
 style="border-style: double double double none; border-width: 1.5pt 1.5pt 1.5pt medium; border-top: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 15%; vertical-align: top;">
      <p>Required</p>
      </th>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      <p>value</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p>The contents of the list item. The build model will apply the command defined in the option to each value in the list.</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid solid; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt 1pt; border-left: 1pt solid windowtext; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      yes</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid double double; border-width: medium 1pt 1.5pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p>builtIn</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid double none; border-width: medium 1pt 1.5pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p>This attribute flags the list value as a built-in value as opposed to 
		something the user has entered. Built-ins will not be passed to clients 
		that generate command lines (like the makefile generator). However, 
		clients that need to take these settings into account (like the indexing 
		service), will receive these settings. These values will appear grey in 
		the UI.</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double double solid; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1.5pt 1pt; border-left: 1pt solid windowtext; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      <p>no</p>
      </td>
    </tr>
  </tbody>
</table>
<p class="subsection"><a name="_TocSectionGrammar_15">3.15 Enumerated Option
Value</a></p>
<p>Some options are best described as a single selection from a list of
choices. For example, users typically select the level of optimization
they want the compiler to apply when creating a build artifact. The
enumerate option value is used to define the elements of the list of
choices.</p>
<p>Each element of an enumerated option has a <var>name</var> that
will
be shown to the user in the UI. It also has a <var>command</var> which
should correspond to the command line option that gets passed to the
tool by the builder if this element is selected.</p>
<p>A default element can be indicated by setting the value of <var>isDefault</var>
to &lsquo;true&rsquo;. If the user has not overridden the selection in the UI, the
default element will be displayed. If no default is specified, the
first
element in the list is assumed to be the default and is displayed to
the
user.</p>
<p class="subsection">3.15.1 Schema</p>
<table
 style="border: medium none ; border-collapse: collapse; width: 681px;"
 border="1" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0">
  <tbody>
    <tr>
      <th
 style="border-style: double solid double double; border-color: windowtext; border-width: 1.5pt 1pt 1.5pt 1.5pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 20%; vertical-align: top; text-align: left;">
      <p>Attribute</p>
      </th>
      <th
 style="border-style: double solid double none; border-width: 1.5pt 1pt 1.5pt medium; border-top: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 65%; vertical-align: top; text-align: left;">
      <p>Description</p>
      </th>
      <th
 style="border-style: double double double none; border-width: 1.5pt 1.5pt 1.5pt medium; border-top: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 15%; vertical-align: top;">
      <p>Required</p>
      </th>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p>id</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p>A unique identifier for the tool that will be used by the
build model.</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      <p>yes</p>
      </td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p>name</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p>A descriptive name that will be displayed to the user in the
UI as one of the option values to select.</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      <p>yes</p>
      </td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p>isDefault</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p>Flags this enumerated value as the default to apply to the
option if the user has not changed the setting.</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      <p>no</p>
      </td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid double double; border-width: medium 1pt 1.5pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p>command</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid double none; border-width: medium 1pt 1.5pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p>The command that the enumerated value translates to on the
command line.</p>
      </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double double none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1.5pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      <p>yes</p>
      </td>
    </tr>
  </tbody>
</table>
<p class="subsection"><a name="_TocSectionGrammar_16">3.16 Resource Configuration</a></p>
<p class="MsoNormal">The resourceConfiguration element is not visible in the 
user model.&nbsp; It is a place to store build attributes of individual resources 
that are different from the configuration as a whole.&nbsp; The resourceConfiguration 
element can have a tool child that contains the overridden attributes and 
options, and/or a tool child that contains a custom build step for the resource.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">The resourceConfiguration 
attributes are specified in the schema table below.</p>
<p class="subsection">3.16.1 Schema</p>
<table
 style="border: medium none ; width: 670px; border-collapse: collapse;"
 border="1" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" id="table8">
  <tbody>
    <tr>
      <th
 style="border-style: double solid double double; border-color: windowtext; border-width: 1.5pt 1pt 1.5pt 1.5pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 20%; vertical-align: top; text-align: left;">
      Attribute</th>
      <th
 style="border-style: double solid double none; border-width: 1.5pt 1pt 1.5pt medium; border-top: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 65%; vertical-align: top; text-align: left;">
      Description</th>
      <th
 style="border-style: double double double none; border-width: 1.5pt 1.5pt 1.5pt medium; border-top: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 15%; vertical-align: top;">
      Required</th>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      resourcePath</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      The path of the project resource to which this 
		resourceConfiguration applies.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      yes</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      exclude</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      Specifies whether the resource is excluded from building in 
		the parent configuration.&nbsp; The default value is false.&nbsp; The 
		resourceConfiguration element retains its tool children, if any 
		exist, even when excluded from the build.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      rcbsApplicability</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      Identifies how the user desires to apply a resource custom build step:<br>
		1. Apply rcbs tool before any other tools defined for the resource.<br>
		2. Apply rcbs tool after any other tools defined for the resource.<br>
		3. Apply rcbs tool overriding any other tools defined for the resource.<br>
		4. Disable (don&amp;apos;t apply) the rcbs tool.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      toolsToInvoke</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      Identifies which tools to invoke by a semicolon separated list of child 
		tool ids. Applies as follows:<br>
		1. Defaults to all tools in the order found<br>
		2. Use specified ordered list of children to invoke<br>
		3. If empty string, treat as if no resource configuration existed, i.e., 
		use project level tool.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      no</td>
    </tr>
  </tbody>
</table>
<p class="subsection"><a name="_TocSectionGrammar_17">3.17 
Environment Variable Build Path</a></p>
<p class="MsoNormal">The tool-integrator can specify the names of the 
environment variables used by the tool for specifying the include and the 
library paths.&nbsp; To specify the build paths variables (either the include 
path variables or library path variables) the tool-integrator must define the 
envVarBuildPath element as the child of the tool element.&nbsp; The tool element may have several envVarBuildPath elements, 
each of those representing the list of environment variable names and the 
delimiter or the Build Path Resolver used for those variables.</p>

<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">The envVarBuildPath 
attributes are specified in the schema table below.</p>
<p class="subsection">3.17.1 Schema</p>
<table
 style="border: medium none ; width: 670px; border-collapse: collapse;"
 border="1" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" id="table17">
  <tbody>
    <tr>
      <th
 style="border-style: double solid double double; border-color: windowtext; border-width: 1.5pt 1pt 1.5pt 1.5pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 20%; vertical-align: top; text-align: left;">
      Attribute</th>
      <th
 style="border-style: double solid double none; border-width: 1.5pt 1pt 1.5pt medium; border-top: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 65%; vertical-align: top; text-align: left;">
      Description</th>
      <th
 style="border-style: double double double none; border-width: 1.5pt 1.5pt 1.5pt medium; border-top: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 15%; vertical-align: top;">
      Required</th>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      pathType</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      The build path type. Can be one of the following: &ldquo;buildpathInclude&rdquo;, 
		&ldquo;buildpathLibrary&rdquo;</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      yes</td>
    </tr>
    </a>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      variableList</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      comma-separated list of the environment variable names used to store the 
		include paths</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      yes</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      pathDelimiter</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      <p class="MsoNormal">Represent the delimiter used to separate the paths. 
		If omitted the default system delimiter will be used. That is the &ldquo;:&rdquo; 
		for Unix-like systems and the &ldquo;;&rdquo; for Windows systems.&nbsp; If the 
		&ldquo;buildPathResolver&rdquo; attribute is specified, the &ldquo;pathDelimiter&rdquo; is 
		ignored</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      buildPathResolver</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      <p class="MsoNormal">The name of a class that implements the IBuildPathResolver interface 
		that the tool-integrator can supply in order to provide his/her own 
		logic of resolving the variable values to the build paths</p>
		<p class="MsoNormal"><strong>Design note:</strong> the reason why this callback is 
		needed is because some tools may store the build paths in some special 
		way or in the format other than &lt;path1&gt;&lt;delimiter&gt;&lt;path2&gt;&lt;delimiter&gt;&#8230;&lt;pathN&gt;.&nbsp; 
		The example of such a tool is gcc for Win32 Cygwin.&nbsp; The cygwin 
		version of gcc does not accept the windows-style paths stored in the 
		build paths environment variables.&nbsp; The path must be specified in 
		the POSIX format and using the &ldquo;:&rdquo; delimiter, for example: &ldquo;/cygdrive/c/includes:/cygdrive/d/&#8230;&rdquo;</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      no</td>
    </tr>
  </tbody>
</table>
<p class="subsection"><a name="_TocSectionGrammar_18">3.18 Managed Build Revision</a></p>
<p>Version identifier for the managed build extension point. It is a
string representation, consisting of three (3) tokens separated by a
decimal point. The 3 tokens are positive integer numbers. This is used
by the build model when it loads a tool definition. The model will
compare the version string in the plugin manifest with its internal
version of the model grammar. If the manifest is compatible with the
internal version, the MBS will do its best to load the manifest
file.<br>
</p>
<p class="subsection">3.18.1 Schema</p>
<table
 style="border: medium none ; width: 670px; border-collapse: collapse;"
 border="1" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" id="table11">
  <tbody>
    <tr>
      <th
 style="border-style: double solid double double; border-color: windowtext; border-width: 1.5pt 1pt 1.5pt 1.5pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 20%; vertical-align: top; text-align: left;">
      Attribute</th>
      <th
 style="border-style: double solid double none; border-width: 1.5pt 1pt 1.5pt medium; border-top: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 65%; vertical-align: top; text-align: left;">
      Description</th>
      <th
 style="border-style: double double double none; border-width: 1.5pt 1.5pt 1.5pt medium; border-top: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 15%; vertical-align: top;">
      Required</th>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      fileVersion</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      A
string containing the three version tokens </td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      yes</td>
    </tr>
  </tbody>
</table>
</a>
<p class="subsection"><a name="_TocSectionGrammar_19">3.19 Option/Category Enablement</a></p>
<p>Tool integrators may supply element <i>enablement</i> to make an element (such as option and option categories) conditionally available</p>
<p>3.19.1 Schema</p>
<table
 style="border: medium none ; width: 670px; border-collapse: collapse;"
 border="1" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" id="table5">
  <tbody>
    <tr>
      <th
 style="border-left:1.5pt double windowtext; border-right:1pt solid windowtext; border-top:1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom:1.5pt double windowtext; width: 17%; vertical-align: top; text-align: left; padding-left:5.4pt; padding-right:5.4pt; padding-top:0in; padding-bottom:0in">
      Attribute</th>
      <th
 style="border-top: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; width: 62%; vertical-align: top; text-align: left; border-left-style:none; border-left-width:medium; padding-left:5.4pt; padding-right:5.4pt; padding-top:0in; padding-bottom:0in">
      Description</th>
      <th
 style="border-style: double double double none; border-width: 1.5pt 1.5pt 1.5pt medium; border-top: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 15%; vertical-align: top;">
      Required</th>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      type</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
	<p class="MsoNormal">represents the applicability type for this enablement.
Can contain the following values:</p>
<p>UI_VISIBILITY - the given enablement expression specifies whether the option is to be visible in UI</p>
<p>UI_ENABLEMENT - the given enablement expression specifies the enable state of the controls that represent the option in UI</p>
<p>CMD_USAGE - the given enablement expression specifies whether the option is to be used in command line</p>
<p>CONTAINER_ATTRIBUTE - the given enablement expressions specifies the container attribute value</p>
<p>ALL - the combination of all the above values</p>
Several types could be specified simultaneously using the &quot;|&quot; as a delimiter, e.g.:
type=&quot;UI_VISIBILITY|CMD_USAGE&quot;
</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      yes</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">attribute
      </td>
      <td style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p class="MsoNormal">used with the CONTAINER_ATTRIBUTE enablement to specify the name of the attribute for which this enablement applies. Currently the following option attributes are supported:
&quot;command&quot;
&quot;commandFalse&quot;
&quot;defaultValue&quot;
&quot;value&quot;
&quot;artifactExtension&quot;
	  </td>
	  <td style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">no</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">value
      </td>
      <td style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p class="MsoNormal">used with the CONTAINER_ATTRIBUTE enablement to specify the value of the attribute specified in the attribute for which this enablement applies. 
	  </td>
	  <td style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">no</td>
	  </td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">extensionAdjustment
      </td>
      <td style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      <p class="MsoNormal">used with the CONTAINER_ATTRIBUTE enablement.  true specifies the enablement is defined for adjusting extension elements. false specifies the enablement is defined for non-extension element adjustment. Default value is true.
      
	  </td>
	  <td style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">no</td>
	  </td>
  </tbody>
</table>

<p class="subsection"><a name="_TocSectionGrammar_20">3.20 Dynamic Element Provider</a></p>
<p>Tool integrators may supply this element to dynamically provide the definitions that are otherwise specified in the buildDefinitions extension point.&nbsp; 
Each configuration element returned from this IManagedConfigElementProvider 
interface is treated as if it were a direct sub-child of a buildDefinitions 
extension. As such it should conform to buildDefinitions.exsd. The only 
exception is it should not contain nested dynamicElementProvider elements.</p>
<p class="subsection">3.20.1 Schema</p>
<table
 style="border: medium none ; width: 670px; border-collapse: collapse;"
 border="1" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" id="table10">
  <tbody>
    <tr>
      <th
 style="border-style: double solid double double; border-color: windowtext; border-width: 1.5pt 1pt 1.5pt 1.5pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 20%; vertical-align: top; text-align: left;">
      Attribute</th>
      <th
 style="border-style: double solid double none; border-width: 1.5pt 1pt 1.5pt medium; border-top: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 65%; vertical-align: top; text-align: left;">
      Description</th>
      <th
 style="border-style: double double double none; border-width: 1.5pt 1.5pt 1.5pt medium; border-top: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1.5pt double windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 15%; vertical-align: top;">
      Required</th>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt;"
 valign="top">
      name</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      The name of the dynamic element provider.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      yes</td>
    </tr>
    <tr>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid double; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt 1.5pt; border-left: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      class</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none solid solid none; border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1pt solid windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      The class that implements the IManagedConfigElementProvider interface. The 
		logic of determining the elements is left to the implementer, but they 
		must be correctly formed or the build model will have trouble loading.</td>
      <td
 style="border-style: none double solid none; border-width: medium 1.5pt 1pt medium; border-right: 1.5pt double windowtext; border-bottom: 1pt solid windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; vertical-align: top;">
      yes</td>
    </tr>
  </tbody>
</table>
</a>
<p class="section"></a><a name="_TocSectionUIElements">4 UI Representation</a></p>
<p>In addition to controlling the way a project is built, the build
model also defines how the user interface will appear. There are two
principle ways a user interacts with the build settings model. The
first
is at project creation time through the New Project wizards, the second
is through the build settings property page.</p>
<p class="subsection"><a name="_TocSectionUIElements_1">4.1 New Project Wizard</a></p>
<p>The new project wizard relies on the project-type and configuration
definitions from all managed build system manifest files to populate the list of choices
it
presents to the user. The figure below shows how the list of project types is 
populated with any projectType whose <var>isTest</var> and <var>isAbstract</var>
attribute are set to <code>false</code>. The value of the projectType's <var>name</var>
attribute is
used to populate the drop-down list-box selection widget. See  2.1.1 for a 
description of creating a new project.&nbsp; Similarly,
the configuration
check list is populated with all the defined configurations associated
with the selected projectType. <br>
</p>
<p> 
<img style="border: 0px solid ;"
 src="./image024.gif"
 title="Figure 3 New project wizard"
 alt="New project wizard project type selection page"></p>
<h5>Figure 3 New project wizard</h5>
<p class="subsection"><a name="_TocSectionUIElements_2">4.2 Build Property Page</a></p>
<p>The contents of the build property page for a project are created by
examining the tool-chains, tools, option categories, and options defined for the
current configuration. In this section we will look at how
the user interface interprets the information in the build model to
display options to the user.</p>
<p class="subsection">4.2.1 Managing the Configuration</p>
<p>The active configuration information pane of the build property page
consists of two drop-down list controls and a button. The first
drop-down list is currently read-only, and displays the type of project.
The second contains a list of configurations that are defined for the
project. The figure below shows a project targeted solely at a Windows shared 
library built with GCC that has two configurations; &lsquo;Release&rsquo; (not shown), and 
&lsquo;Debug&rsquo;. Note that the build settings model is queried for the project-type and configuration <var>name</var> information.</p>
<p>
<img style="border: 0px solid ;"
 src="./image026.gif"
 title="Figure 4 Configuration selection"
 alt="Project property page configuration selection/edit area"></p>
<h5>Figure 4 Configuration selection</h5>
<p>Users change the build settings for options associated with
tool-chains and tools. The UI relies on the information in the build
settings model for that information. The figure below shows how the
tool
list, displayed in a tree view, is populated. Tools and tool-chain categories are the root
elements of the tree. Categories are displayed as leaves of the tool
they belong to, or as root elements when they belong to a tool-chain. In all cases, the name defined in the plug-in manifest
is used as the text of the tree elements. Note that the tool uses an
externalized string to identify its name to help internationalize a
tool
specification, but this is not necessary.</p>
<p>
<img style="border: 0px solid ; width: 575px; height: 413px;"
 src="./image028.gif"
 title="Figure 5 Tools and option category display"
 alt="Project property page tool selection area"></p>
<h5>Figure 5 Tools and option category display</h5>
<p>As mentioned in the discussion of the build settings model, options
know what type of data they manage. Different option types require
different UI widgets to properly represent that data to the user. The
figure below shows what UI elements are created for each type of option.</p>
<p>The Compiler Flags option contains a <var>string</var> option. In this 
example, the option is intended to be the place the user enters all those extra 
flags that are not defined anywhere else in the property page. Options 
containing strings display their contents in a simple text box.</p>
<p>The Optimization Level option is an <var>enumerated</var> option.
These types of options force the user to select a single value from a
list of possible choices. Note that the <var>name</var> of the option
is
applied to the label in the UI, whereas the <var>name</var> of each
individual <var>enumeratedOptionValue</var> element is used to
populate
the list.</p>
<p>The Include Paths option is a special case of a <var>stringList</var>
option. The contents of this option are left undefined in this example,
so
the user sees an empty list. However, all list options are displayed in
a list control with an associated button bar for adding, removing, and
reordering list elements. Note that the <var>optionType</var>
attribute
is set to <code>includePath</code>. This notifies the build system
that
it must pay special attention to the values entered in this option.
There are clients of this information in the CDT that will query the
build system for this information, and this is currently the only way
to
flag these values as special.</p>
<p>
<img style="border: 0px solid ;"
 src="./image030.gif"
 title="Figure 6 Option display"
 alt="Project property page option edit area"></p>
<h5>Figure 6 Option display</h5>
<p>Finally Verbose, a Boolean option, is displayed as a check-box.
Since
the default value for this option is defined as <code>false</code>,
the
check-box is left unselected when it is created.</p>
<p>Note that the UI actually builds itself <span
 style="font-style: italic;">on the fly</span> based on the options descriptions 
in the plug-in manifest. The order of the options is the basis of the page 
layout. If the layout is not satisfactory, you must edit the manifest file itself. You must then
restart the workspace after editing the manifest for your changes to
take effect in the UI.</p>
<p class="section"><a name="_TocSectionMakefile">5 Build File Generation</a></p>
<p>The third element of the managed build system is the build file
generator. The build file generator is one of the clients of the
information stored in the build settings model. You can use the default
build file generator that is supplied with the CDT (for Gnu makefiles), or 
replace it with a customized generator depending on the variant of build utility 
that you wish to use. The relationship between the builder, the build file 
generator, and a compiler dependency calculator are shown in the model below.</p>
<p>Note:&nbsp; This figure uses the deprecated interface 
IManagedDependencyGenerator instead of IManagedDependencyGenerator2.&nbsp; 
However the relationships between the parts remains the same.</p>
<p>
<img style="border: 0px solid ;"
 src="./image031.gif"
 title="Figure 6 Option display"
 alt="Builder, generator, and dependency calculator model"></p>
<h5>Figure 6 Relationship between build file generator and dependency
calculator</h5>
<p class="subsection"><a name="_TocSectionMakefile_1">5.1 Default Build File
Generator</a></p>
<p>The best way to understand how the build file generator works is to
look at a real project. The figures below show the project that we will
be using for the purposes of this discussion. The source for the
project
is spread over the directories <code>source1/</code>, <code>source2/</code>,
and <code>source2/source21</code>. Header files are located in 2
locations; <code>headers/</code>, and <code>source2/source21</code>.
To illustrate the problem of calculating source-level dependencies for <span
 style="font-style: italic;">make</span>, <span
 style="font-style: italic;">Class1</span> is in a has-a relationship
with <span style="font-style: italic;">Class2</span>.<br>
</p>
<table style="text-align: left; width: 739px; height: 269px;" border="0"
 cellpadding="2" cellspacing="2">
  <tbody>
    <tr>
      <td> <img style="border: 0px solid ;"
 src="./image032.gif"
 title="" alt="Example project"> </td>
      <td> <img style="width: 246px; height: 216px;"
 alt="Has-a relationship between Class1 and Class2"
 src="./image035.gif">
      </td>
    </tr>
  </tbody>
</table>
<p><br>
</p>
<h5>Figure 7 Example project source files</h5>
<p>While simple, this example illustrates some of the problems projects
using <span style="font-style: italic;">make</span> typically face
when source files are organized
hierarchically. One approach to these types of problems is to generate
a
makefile for each subdirectory, then call make recursively, culminating
in the final build step which, in theory, brings all of the build
results together.</p>
<p>The problem with managing this type of approach lies in
understanding
all of the source-level dependencies and handling them properly when
the makefiles are
generated. In order for this to happen, all the dependencies have to be
properly specified and complete. As long as there are no dependencies
between resources in different subdirectories, the makefiles in a
recursive approach will contain a properly partitioned set of
dependencies. However, in a more realistic project organization, the
fragmentary makefiles will have incomplete representations of the
dependencies. In order to correct for this, we would have to do some of
the work that <span style="font-style: italic;">make</span> gives us
for free.</p>
<p>The approach the makefile generator takes is to use a single
makefile
to build the entire project. To keep the makefile manageable and
readable, the makefile generator creates makefile fragments for each
subdirectory of the project that contributes source
code and dependency fragments for each source file, and uses the
include capability of <span style="font-style: italic;">make</span> to
bring them all
together.</p>
<p>The figure below shows the makefile, makefile fragments, and
dependency fragments that are generated for the project. Note that all
generated files and directories are marked as derived so that a CM
system will not check them in.</p>
<p>
<img style="border: 0px solid ;"
 src="./image034.gif"
 title="" alt="Example project generated files"></p>
<h5>Figure 8 Generated makefiles</h5>
<p>In the next sections, we will examine the makefiles that are
generated by the default build file generator in more detail.</p>
<p class="subsection">5.1.1 Main Makefile</p>
<p> There is one main makefile generated for each project configuration. Based on
information for the configuration, the proper clean command is defined as a
macro. Note that for efficiency, wherever possible the default build file
generator takes advantage of Gnu make's &lsquo;:=&rsquo; and &lsquo;+=&rsquo; variable
assignment operators so that the contents of the makefile macros are
only evaluated when a value is assigned or modified, not every time
they are used. The makefile includes external makefiles that have a
list of build directories, object files, makefile fragments, and
dependency makefiles. </p>
<p>
<img border="0" src="./image036.gif" alt="generated makefile"></p>
<p>This makefile is passed as an argument to <span
 style="font-style: italic;">make</span>, so it contains
<span style="font-style: italic;">clean</span>
and <span style="font-style: italic;">all</span>
targets.&nbsp; It contains the build rules for the following types of tools 
defined in the tool-chain:</p>
<ol>
	<li>The target tool as defined by the tool-chain</li>
	<li>All tools where the primary input-type defines multipleOfType == true</li>
	<li>All tools that consume the output of type #2 tools</li>
</ol>
<p class="subsection">5.1.2 Makefile Fragments</p>
<p>Obviously, the makefile we just looked at is incomplete. There are no rules 
for building source files that are not built by the rules defined in the main 
makefile.
However, the build file generator places that information into makefile
fragments for each subdirectory contributing source to the build. The
figure below shows what the fragment for the <code>source1/</code>
subdirectory looks like.</p>
<p><img style="border: 0px solid ;"
 src="./image038.gif"
 title="" alt="Generated fragment makefile"></p>
<p>As you can see, the fragment contributes one file, <code>class1.cpp</code>,
and a
rule to build all source files with the &lsquo;cpp&rsquo; extension in the
subdirectory where it is located. The content of
the dependency and command lines is derived from the build settings
model. The dependency line is supplied by the build
model which has a list of tools and know which (if any) build files
with a particular
extension. When a tool is found, it is asked for the extension of the
output.
For
the command line, the tool that builds for the extension supplies the
actual command, while the options for the tool supply the arguments to
pass to it. </p>
<p class="subsection">5.1.3 Dependency Makefile Fragments</p>
<p>There is one final piece to the puzzle, and that is a list of
dependencies for each source file in the build. Recall that <span
 style="font-style: italic;">make</span>
will rebuild any file that is out of date in its dependency graph, but
it only adds the dependency to the graph if it is explicitly told to do
so. Thus, it is the responsibility of the makefile generator to
completely describe all dependencies for <span
 style="font-style: italic;">make</span>. Consider the
dependencies of the final build target to <span
 style="font-style: italic;">Class1</span>. It is obvious that if the
implementation file, <span style="font-style: italic;">Class1.cpp</span>,
changes then the object module, <span style="font-style: italic;">Class1.o</span>,
should be rebuilt. In fact, we described that dependency in the
makefile described in &sect; 5.1.2. What may be less clear is that the
object module should be updated if the class description in <span
 style="font-style: italic;">Class1.h</span> changes. To make matters
more complex, <span style="font-style: italic;">Class1</span> is in a
has-a relationship with <span style="font-style: italic;">Class2</span>,
so any changes to <span style="font-style: italic;">Class2.h</span>
should result in a rebuild of <span style="font-style: italic;">Class1.o</span>.
Finally, the build file generator puts dummy build targets for each
header file in the dependency list. This is important because if the
header file is moved or deleted, make will try to find a rule to build
the dependency and if a dummy target is not present, it will stop.<br>
</p>
The dependency information added to the makefile depends upon the dependency 
calculator used by the tools in the tool-chain.&nbsp; One mode supported by the 
MBS is the use of GNU .d files.&nbsp; In this mode, the build file invokes the dependency generator command to generate a separate makefile fragment for each file participating in the build.
The figure below
shows the fragment for&nbsp; <span style="font-family: monospace;">Class1</span><code></code>.
<p>
<img style="border: 0px solid ;"
 src="./image040.gif"
 title="" alt="Generated dependency makefile fragment"
 name="Generated Dependencies"></p>
<p>
Additional dependency calculator modes are supported by the MBS.&nbsp; See  
7.3.</p>
<p class="subsection">5.1.4 Support Makefiles</p>
<p>There are two other makefiles that are generated and included in the
main makefile. The first, <code>sources.mk</code>,
defines a list of source macros, such as <code>C_SRCS</code>, and all
of the subdirectories the builder believes contribute source code to
the build. The second, <code>objects.mk</code>,
contains two special macros used by the build, LIBS and USER_OBJS, which can be 
contributed to by options that are marked with a special type in the tool-chain 
definition.</p>
<p class="subsection">5.1.5 Inter-Project
Dependencies</p>
<p>A project may reference one or more additional projects in the
workspace. The makefile generator attempts to generate these
dependencies in two ways. First, the makefile must have a dependency on
the build goal of the referenced project in the main target, and it
must
include instructions for building those targets as a separate rule.</p>
<p>For the remainder of this discussion, let us consider the following
basic scenario. Project <code>Makefile Example</code> builds an
executable, <code>Messages.exe</code>. It
references a project, <code>UI Widgets</code>, which builds a shared
library, <code>UIWidgets.dll</code>.
The
main build target in the makefile for <code>Makefile Example</code>
would be generated with the output of <code>UI Widgets</code> as a
dependency. </p>
<p>
<img style="border: 0px solid ;"
 src="./image042.gif"
 title="" alt="Generated inter-project dependency target"></p>
<p>As you can see from the generated makefile above, the rule for the
target <code>Messages.exe</code> will be run if <code>UIWidgets.dll</code>
has
changed. This works well if the output of the referenced project can be
determined.
For the moment, this is only the case when the referenced project is
managed. Standard make
projects do not know what the output of their build step is since that
information is encoded in the makefile. If a managed project references
a
standard project, it will not have an explicit dependency on the output
of that project.</p>
<p>The managed builder relies on the Eclipse build framework to
properly determine the build order when projects involved in a build
reference other projects. As long as the build takes place inside the
CDT, the managed builder can trust that the build framework will build
the projects in the proper order. </p>
<p class="subsection">5.1.6 Makefile Generator Constraints</p>
<p>The current implementation of the default Gnu makefile generator assumes a 
set of constraints that must be met in your tool-chain definition in order for 
it to generate valid makefiles:</p>
<ol>
	<li>Input files must be specified via project relative or absolute paths.</li>
	<li>Output files must be specified via configuration build directory 
	relative or absolute paths.</li>
	<li>A tool with a primary input type where the multipleOfType attribute is 
	set to true executes once during the build using all of the project 
	resources and generated outputs that match its input file extensions.&nbsp; 
	A subset of the full set of input files can be defined using the 
	buildVariable attribute in the inputType of the tool, and the outputType of 
	other tools.</li>
	<li>If any inputType of a tool has the multipleOfType attribute set to true, 
	then primary inputType of the tool must have the multipleOfType attribute 
	set to true.</li>
	<li>A tool with a primary input type where the multipleOfType attribute is 
	set to false executes per project resource and generated output that match 
	its input file extensions.&nbsp; A subset of the full set of input files can 
	be defined using the buildVariable attribute in the inputType of the tool, 
	and the outputType of other tools.</li>
	<li>A tool must be able to determine all of its output file names and 
	dependencies given the name(s) of its primary input file(s).</li>
	<li>The main makefile contains the rules for the &quot;target&quot; tool, for all 
	tools with a primary input type where the multipleOfType attribute is set to 
	true, and for any tool that consumes the output of these tools.</li>
	<li>Each fragment makefile contains the rules for all project resources in 
	the current directory and for generated outputs that are not consumed by 
	tools where the multipleOfType attribute is set to true.</li>
</ol>
<p class="section"><a name="_TocSectionTutorial">6 Tutorial: An Example Tool
Integration</a></p>
<p>One of the features of the MBS is that you can add custom project-types and tool 
integrations. The tutorial in this section will walk you through
the basic
steps of setting up your environment, creating a new plugin where you
can define a tool integration, and give you pointers for publishing the tool 
integration for others to use.<br>
</p>
<p class="subsection">
<a name="_TocSectionTutorial_1">6.1 Setting up your
Environment</a></p>
<p>Tool integrations are specified by extending the <code>buildDefinitions</code>
extension point defined in the <code>org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core</code>
plug-in. This requires that you have access to the extension point and the 
schema that describes it, which are available only from the SDK
version of CDT. To confirm that the SDK is installed, select <span
 style="font-weight: bold;">Help &gt; About Eclipse SDK &gt;
Feature Details</span> and check that "Eclipse C/C++ Development Tools
(Source)" and "Eclipse C/C++ Development Tools SDK" appear in the list.
If they do not, simply install the SDK from the same update site you
used to install the CDT.<br>
</p>
<p class="subsection">
<a name="_TocSectionTutorial_2">6.2 Creating your
Plug-in
Project</a></p>
<p>Now that the source for the CDT is available, you will create a
plug-in project containing your tool definitions. Technically the extension can be defined in any plug-in
manifest,
but
for this tutorial we will create a new, empty plug-in project with an
empty plug-in manifest file.</p>
<ol style="margin-top: 0in;" start="1" type="1">
  <li>Open the <span style="font-weight: bold;">New Project... </span>wizard
(<span style="font-weight: bold;">File &gt; New &gt; Project...</span>),
choose <span style="font-weight: bold;">Plug-in Project</span>
from the <span style="font-weight: bold;">Plug-in Development</span>
category and click the <span style="font-weight: bold;">Next &gt;</span>
button. <br>
  </li>
  <li>On the <span style="font-weight: bold;">Plug-in Project </span>page,
use <code>org.eclipse.cdt.example.toolchain</code>
as the name for your project, and click the <span
 style="font-weight: bold;">Next &gt;</span> button. <br>
  </li>
  <li>On the <span style="font-weight: bold;">Plug-in Content</span>
page, you will see that the wizard has set the id to <code>org.eclipse.cdt.example.toolchain</code>
by default. We are going to be defining the tool integration in the
plug-in manifest file without writing any code, so de-select the <span
 style="font-weight: bold;">"Generate the Java class that..."</span>
check-box and click on the <span style="font-weight: bold;">Finish</span>
button.</li>
  <li>If asked if you would like to switch to the <span
 style="font-weight: bold;">Plug-in
Development</span> perspective, answer <span style="font-weight: bold;">Yes</span>.</li>
</ol>
<p class="subsection">
<a name="_TocSectionTutorial_3">6.3 Creating the
Extension</a></p>
<p>You have installed the CDT source and
you have a brand new project with an empty manifest file. You are now
ready to add tool definitions to the managed build system by
extending the <code>buildDefinitions</code> extension point.</p>
<ol style="margin-top: 0in;" start="1" type="1">
  <li>If the MANIFEST.MF file for the plugin was not opened by default when you
switched to the <span style="font-weight: bold;">Plug-in Development</span>
perspective, double click on the <code>org.eclipse.cdt.example.toolchain</code>
project in the <span style="font-weight: bold;">Package Explorer</span>
to expand it. Click on the expansion icon beside META-INF, and then double click on
the <span style="font-weight: 700">MANIFEST.MF</span> file to edit
its contents.</li>
  <li>We have to add a dependency between our project and the <code>org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core</code>
plug-in where the extension point is defined. Click on the <strong>Dependencies</strong>
tab located along the bottom of the manifest editor. Click the <span
 style="font-weight: bold;">Add&#8230;</span> button located beside the <span
 style="font-weight: bold;">Required Plug-Ins</span>
list. Select <code>org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core</code> from the
list and then click the <span style="font-weight: bold;">OK</span>
button.</li>
  <li>Select the <span style="font-weight: bold;">Extensions</span>
tab located along the bottom of the
manifest editor. Click the <span style="font-weight: bold;">Add&#8230;</span>
button located beside the <span style="font-weight: bold;">All
Extensions</span> list.</li>
  <li>You should now be on the <span style="font-weight: bold;">Extension
Points</span> tab on the <span style="font-weight: bold;">Extension
Point Selection</span> page. Make
sure that the <span style="font-weight: bold;">Show only extension
points from the required plug-ins</span>
check-box is selected. Select <code>org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.buildDefintions</code>
from the list of extension points.&nbsp; Click the <span
 style="font-weight: bold;">Finish</span> button.</li>
  <li>In the Extension Details column in the manifest editor, use <code>org.eclipse.cdt.example.toolchain</code>
as the <span style="font-weight: bold;">ID</span> for the
extension, and <code>Example Tool Chain</code>
for the <span style="font-weight: bold;">Name</span>.</li>
</ol>
<p class="subsection">
<a name="_TocSectionTutorial_4">6.4 Adding a Project Type</a></p>
<p>Now we will add a new projectType, configuration, toolChain, builder, 
targetPlatform and an example tool to
the extension.</p>
<ol style="margin-top: 0in;" start="1" type="1">
  <li>Right click on <code>org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.buildDefinitions</code>
in the <span style="font-weight: bold;">All Extensions</span> column
of the manifest editor to access the context menu for the extension.
Select <span style="font-weight: bold;">New
&gt; projectType</span> to add a projectType definition. A new projectType with the id <code>org.eclipse.cdt.example.toolchain.projectType[n]</code>
should appear below the extension point. That's a bit verbose, so
rename it to <code>example.toolchain.executable</code>.<br>
  </li>
  <li>Let&rsquo;s give the new projectType a human-readable name. Locate the <span
 style="font-weight: bold;">name</span>
property in the <span style="font-weight: bold;">Extension Element
Details</span> column. For now, let&rsquo;s use the name <code>Example
Executable</code> for our projectType.</li>
  <li>Make sure that the values of <span style="font-weight: bold;">isTest</span>
	and<strong> isAbstract</strong> are<strong> </strong>set
to false.<br>
  </li>
</ol>
<p class="subsection">
<a name="_TocSectionTutorial_5">6.5 Adding a
Configuration</a></p>
<p>We have now added a basic project-type definition. We now want to define a 
default configuration. Normally, you would consider defining both a release and 
debug configuration, but we want to keep this example simple so we will restrict 
ourselves to a single configuration.</p>
<ol style="margin-top: 0in;" start="1" type="1">
  <li>Right click on <span style="font-weight: bold;">Example
Executable</span> in the <span style="font-weight: bold;">All
Extensions</span> list. From the context menu select <span
 style="font-weight: bold;">New &gt;
configuration</span>. <br>
  </li>
  <li>Change the value of the <span style="font-weight: bold;">name</span>
property and&nbsp; to be <code>Test Release</code> and the value of <span
 style="font-weight: bold;">id</span> to be <code>
example.toolchain.configuration.release</code>.</li>
  <li>Now set the clean command for the configuration. For the purposes of
this example, click on the <span style="font-weight: bold;">cleanCommand</span>
property to edit it and
enter <code>rm &#8211;f</code>.</li>
  <li>Finally, we should supply a default set of error parsers that
apply to the configuration. Error parsers are used by the CDT to map input
from the shell back to source code elements. For simplicity, assume
that all of the default error parsers could be used to understand error
messages for our new target. In the errorParsers property, add the
following list <code>org.eclipse.cdt.core.MakeErrorParser;org.eclipse.cdt.core.GCCErrorParser;<br>
  org.eclipse.cdt.core.GLDErrorParser;org.eclipse.cdt.core.GASErrorParser;<br>
  org.eclipse.cdt.core.VCErrorParser</code></li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: normal;" class="subsection">
<strong>
<a name="_TocSectionTutorial_6">6.6 Adding a ToolChain</a></strong></p>
<p style="font-weight: normal;">
Each configuration requires a toolChain child that defines the set of tools used by 
the configuration.</p>
<ol style="margin-top: 0in;" start="1" type="1">
  <li>Right click on <span style="font-weight: 700">Test Release</span> in the <span style="font-weight: bold;">All
Extensions</span> list. From the context menu select <span
 style="font-weight: bold;">New &gt;
	toolChain</span>. <br>
  </li>
  <li>Change the value of the <span style="font-weight: bold;">name</span>
property and&nbsp; to be <code>Example Tool-chain </code>&nbsp;and the value of <span
 style="font-weight: bold;">id</span> to be <code>
example.toolchain.toolchain</code>.</li>
  <li>We want the new project-type to appear when we run the new project wizard 
	on our host platform, so we have to define the operating systems that the 
	toolChain should be visible on. Locate the <span
 style="font-weight: bold;">osList</span>
property and click it to edit the value. Enter <code>win32</code> if
you are running the tutorial on Windows, <code>linux</code> if you are
running on one of the Linux distributions, <code>solaris, hpux, </code>or<code>
aix</code> if
you are running on a version of Solaris, or <code>other</code> if none
of the above apply.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: normal;" class="subsection">
<strong>
<a name="_TocSectionTutorial_7">6.7 Adding a Builder</a></strong></p>
<p style="font-weight: normal;">
Each toolChain can have a builder child that describes the build utility used by 
the tool-chain to create the build artifacts of the configuration.</p>
<ol style="margin-top: 0in;" start="1" type="1">
  <li>Right click on 
	<span style="font-weight: 700">Example Tool-chain</span> in the <span style="font-weight: bold;">All
Extensions</span> list. From the context menu select <span
 style="font-weight: bold;">New &gt;
	builder</span>.
	</li>
  <li>Change the value of the <span style="font-weight: bold;">name</span>
property to be <code>Example Builder </code>and the value of <span
 style="font-weight: bold;">id</span> to be <code>
example.toolchain.builder</code>.</li>
	<li>Locate the <span
 style="font-weight: bold;">Command</span>
property, click on it to edit the value, and enter <code>make</code>.</li>
</ol>
<p class="subsection">
<a name="_TocSectionTutorial_8">6.8 Adding a TargetPlatform</a></p>
<p style="font-weight: normal;">
Each toolChain can have a targetPlatform child that describes the target 
operating system(s)/architecture(s) that build artifacts created by the 
tool-chain are intended to execute on.</p>
<ol style="margin-top: 0in;" start="1" type="1">
  <li>Right click on 
	<span style="font-weight: 700">Example Tool-chain</span> in the <span style="font-weight: bold;">All
Extensions</span> list. From the context menu select <span
 style="font-weight: bold;">New &gt;
	targetPlatform</span>.
	</li>
  <li>Change the value of the <span style="font-weight: bold;">name</span>
property and&nbsp; to be <code>Example Target Platform </code>&nbsp;and the value of <span
 style="font-weight: bold;">id</span> to be <code>
example.toolchain.targetplatform</code>.</li></a></a>
	<li>Our target platform is the same as our host platform.&nbsp; Enter the 
	same value for the <strong>osList</strong> property as entered for the ToolChain <strong>
	osList</strong>.</li>
  <li>Set the value of the binary parser property based on the platform
you will be using to create your example projects on. For example, if
you
are running this tutorial on Linux or Solaris, enter the value <code>org.eclipse.cdt.core.ELF</code>.
If you are running the tutorial on Windows, enter the value <code>org.eclipse.cdt.core.PE</code>.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: normal;" class="subsection">
<strong>
<a name="_TocSectionTutorial_9">6.9 Adding a Tool</a></strong></p>
<p style="font-weight: normal;">
Each toolChain describes the set of tools used by the build utility to create 
the build artifacts of the configuration.</p>
<ol style="margin-top: 0in;" start="1" type="1">
  <li>Right click on <span style="font-weight: bold;">Example
	Tool-chain</span> to get the context menu
and select <span style="font-weight: bold;">New &gt; tool</span>. Name
the tool <code>Compiler</code> and make its <span
 style="font-weight: bold;">id</span> <code>example.toolchain.compiler</code>.</li>
  <li>Let us assume that the tool should appear for both C and C++
projects, although this is not always the case. Locate the <span
 style="font-weight: bold;">natureFilter</span>
property and select <code>both</code> from the list of choices.</li>
  <li>Tools often have a flag to specify the primary output of a tool. For the
purposes of this example, set the <span style="font-weight: bold;">outputFlag</span>
property to <code>-o</code>.</li>
  <li>Finally, we want to specify the command that is needed to invoke
the tool. For this example, we are not interested in actually calling a
real tool, so just enter <code>ccc</code> as the value for the <span
 style="font-weight: bold;">command</span>
property.</li>
</ol>
  <a name="_TocSectionTutorial_18">
<p style="font-weight: normal;" class="subsection">
<strong>
<a name="_TocSectionTutorial_10">6.10 Adding Input and Output Types</a></strong></p>
<p style="font-weight: normal;">
Each tool describes its inputs and outputs in InputType and OutputType elements.&nbsp; </p>
<ol>
	<li>
	<p style="font-weight: normal;">Right click on <strong>Compiler</strong> to get the 
	context menu and select <strong>New &gt; inputType</strong>.&nbsp; Name the inputType
	<span style="font-family:Courier New">Compiler Input</span> and make 
	its<strong> id </strong><span style="font-family:Courier New">
	example.toolchain.compiler.input.</span></p></li>
	<li>
	<p style="font-weight: normal;">Our imaginary compiler only works on c 
	source files. Locate the <span
 style="font-weight: bold;">sourceContentType</span> property and set it to
	<span style="font-family:Courier New">org.eclipse.cdt.core.cSource.</span></p></li>
	<li>
	<p style="font-weight: normal;">The build model needs to know if there are any special file
extensions that indicate a file is a &lsquo;header&rsquo; file. Set the 
	<span style="font-weight: 700">dependencyContentType</span>
property to be <code>org.eclipse.cdt.core.cHeader </code>
	<code>and the <span style="font-weight: 700">
	dependencyCalculator </span>property to be </code><code>
	<span style="font-family:Courier New">
	org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.makegen.internal.DefaultIndexerDependencyCalculator</span></code>.
	</p></li>
	<li>
	<p style="font-weight: normal;">Set the <strong>primaryInput</strong> property to
	<span style="font-family:Courier New">true.</span></p></li>
	<li>
	<p style="font-weight: normal;">Right click on <strong>Compiler</strong> to get the 
	context menu and select <strong>New &gt; outputType</strong>.&nbsp; Name the outputType
	<span style="font-family:Courier New">Compiler Output</span> and make 
	its<strong> id </strong><span style="font-family:Courier New">
	example.toolchain.compiler.output.</span></p></li>
	<li>
	<p style="font-weight: normal;">Let us
assume that the output of the compiler is an object module that has the
extension &lsquo;o&rsquo;. Set the value of the <span style="font-weight: bold;">outputs</span>
property of the
tool to <code>o</code>.</p></li>
	<li>
	<p style="font-weight: normal;">The object modules created by your compiler 
	are typically used as a group by another tool, for example a linker or 
	archiver.&nbsp; Set the <strong>buildVariable</strong> property to be
	<span style="font-family:Courier New">OBJS.</span> You would use the 
	same name as the <span style="font-weight: 700">buildVariable </span>with 
	the inputType of this other tool.</p>
	</li>
	<li>
	<p style="font-weight: normal;">Set the <strong>primaryOutput</strong> property to
	<span style="font-family:Courier New">true.</span></p></li>
</ol>
<p class="subsection">
<a name="_TocSectionTutorial_11">6.11 Testing the ProjectType</a></p>
<p>We have now defined enough information to create a project for
our
new example project-type, so let&rsquo;s go test it out.</p>
<ol style="margin-top: 0in;" start="1" type="1">
  <li>Make sure our example project is selected in the <span
 style="font-weight: bold;">Package
Explorer</span>. Select <span style="font-weight: bold;">Run &gt;
Debug As &gt; Eclipse Application</span>
to start a new run-time workbench instance that includes the new tool
information you have created. You may be prompted to save the resource
you were editing. If prompted, answer <span style="font-weight: bold;">Yes</span>.<br>
  </li>
  <li>In the new workspace, open the <span style="font-weight: bold;">C/C++</span>
perspective.</li>
  <li>Run the new project wizard. From the Selection page choose either
a managed C or C++ project. Click the <span style="font-weight: bold;">Next
&gt;</span> button, give
your project any name you wish, and click <span
 style="font-weight: bold;">Next &gt;</span> again. <br>
  </li>
  <li>You should now be at the <span style="font-weight: bold;">Select a type of 
	project</span> page. Your new
	project-type will appear as a choice in the <span style="font-weight: bold;">Project 
	Type</span>
	selection widget. Select it and note that the list of available 
	configurations now contains the single configuration we defined for the 
	project-type. <br>
  </li>
  <li>Click <span style="font-weight: bold;">Finish</span>.<br>
  </li>
  <li>Right click on your new project in the <span
 style="font-weight: bold;">Navigator</span> or <span
 style="font-weight: bold;">C/C++
Projects</span> view to access the context menu, and select <span
 style="font-weight: bold;">Properties</span>
to open the property browser for the project. Select <span
 style="font-weight: bold;">C/C++ Build</span>
from the choices, select the <strong>Tool Settings</strong> tab, and note that the tool we defined appears in the list.</li>
	<li>Select the <strong>Build Settings</strong> tab.&nbsp; The user can change the 
	build output name and the build command from here, and the MBS
will manage that selection between sessions.</li>
  <li>Select the <span style="font-weight: bold;">Error Parsers</span>
	tab. Recall that you added all five parsers to the new target definition, so 
	they should all be selected in the list. The user can change that selection 
	from here, and the MBS
will manage that selection between sessions.<br>
  </li>
  <li>Select the <span
 style="font-weight: bold;">Binary Parser</span> tab. Note that the
default binary parser you specified for the target should be selected
in the list. The user can change that selection from here, and the MBS
will manage that selection between sessions.</li>
</ol>
<p>At this point, you have no doubt noticed that the <span
 style="font-weight: bold;">C/C++ Build</span> property page
does
not have any way to edit the settings for the tool other than the tool
command. That is because we
have not defined any options yet. It is time to edit the tool 
definition again.</p>
<p class="subsection">
<a name="_TocSectionTutorial_12">6.12 Adding Tool Options</a></p>
<p>Users expect to be able to change the settings for their build tools through 
the property page for a project. What they see is controlled by the way options 
are defined in the tool integration. We will create an option category, and then 
add three example options to it.</p>
<ol style="margin-top: 0in;" start="1" type="1">
  <li>Shutdown the debug session.<br>
  </li>
  <li>Switch back to the <span style="font-weight: bold;">Plug-in
Development</span> perspective. Right
click on the <code>Compiler</code> entry in the extension description
to bring up the context menu. Select <span style="font-weight: bold;">New
&gt; optionCategory</span> to
add the category. Set the <span style="font-weight: bold;">name</span>
of the category to <code>General</code>.</li>
  <li>You must specify the id of the tool the category belongs to in
the <span style="font-weight: bold;">owner</span> property. The
simplest way to do this is to copy the <span style="font-weight: bold;">id
    </span>from the compiler description and paste it into the <span
 style="font-weight: bold;">owner</span> property of the
category.<br>
  </li>
  <li>Set the unique <span style="font-weight: bold;">id</span> of the
category to <code>example.compiler.optionCategory.general</code>.</li>
  <li>Right click on the tool, not the category, to bring up its
context menu and select <span style="font-weight: bold;">New &gt;
option</span> to add our first
option. Name the option <code>Include paths</code> and set the <span
 style="font-weight: bold;">id</span> to <code>example.toolchain.compiler.general.incpath</code>.<br>
  </li>
  <li>Set the <span style="font-weight: bold;">valueType</span>
property to <code>includePath</code> from the list of choices. Please
refer to &sect; 3.13 for a description of option value types and what
this decision implies. <br>
  </li>
  <li>We expect users to enter paths in this option, so to enable the
right type of 'Browse" button when the user enters a new option value,
set the <span style="font-weight: bold;">browseType</span> property to
    <code>directory</code>.<br>
  </li>
  <li>In
the <span style="font-weight: bold;">command</span> property, enter <code>-I</code>.
    <br>
  </li>
  <li>In the <span style="font-weight: bold;">category</span>
property, put the unique <span style="font-weight: bold;">id</span> of
the category that you entered in step 4.</li>
  <li>Add a "catch-all" option to the 'General' category of the
compiler (remember, you add the option to the tool and set its category
via the <span style="font-weight: bold;">category</span> property).
Set the <span style="font-weight: bold;">name</span> of the option to <code>Other
flags</code>, its <strong>id</strong> to <code>example.toolchain.compiler.general.otherflags</code>, its <span style="font-weight: bold;">valueType</span>
to <code>string</code>, and its <span style="font-weight: bold;">defaultValue</span>
to <code>-c</code>.</li>
  <li>Add a check-box option to the 'General' category of the compiler. Name it <code>Error messages, </code>
	set the<strong> id</strong> to <code>example.toolchain.compiler.general.errmsgs,</code> and set its 
	<strong>valueType</strong> to <code>boolean</code>.
This is a boolean option, so it might have a command associated with
the selected and unselected states. In this case we want to turn on
reporting when it is selected, and turn it off when it is deselected.
Set the <span style="font-weight: bold;">command</span> property to <code>-Wall</code>
to turn on error reporting, and set the <span
 style="font-weight: bold;">commandFalse</span> property to <code>-w</code>
to disable it.<br>
  </li>
</ol>
<p>At this point, you can test how your options appear in the UI by
debugging your run-time workbench. You should see something like this.</p>
<p>
<img style="border: 0px solid ;"
 src="./image044.gif"
 title="" alt="Tutorial project property page"></p>
<h5>Figure 9 MBS property page with tool, category, and options<br>
</h5>
<p class="subsection">
<a name="_TocSectionTutorial_13">6.13 Taking the Next Step</a></p>
<p>The purpose of the tutorial you just followed was to become familiar with the 
steps involved in creating a simple tool-chain and to get a feeling for how the 
choices you make in the specification of options affect the UI. In this section, 
we will discuss some additional points that you need to consider before 
specifying your own tool integration.</p>
<p class="subsection">6.13.1 Adding More
Tools</p>
<p>Unless you just happen to have a compiler on your system that is
invoked with &lsquo;ccc&rsquo;, the example tool we created is not going to build 
anything. Further, the tool we defined transforms source files into object 
files. Another tool, like a linker, would be needed to transform those object 
files into a final build goal. For many tool-chains, defining
a
compiler and &ldquo;something else&rdquo; is usually sufficient, but you may have
to
define additional tools if your tool-chain requires intermediate build
steps to function properly.</p>
<p class="subsection">6.13.2 Defined
Symbols and Header File Search
Paths</p>
<p>There are elements of the CDT core that require build information
to
function properly. Things like the indexing service, search, or content
assist will only function correctly if the built-in parser can
retrieve information about the paths to search for include files and
the
preprocessor symbols defined for the project. </p>
<p>MBS gathers information about the defined symbols and include paths from a 
number of sources:</p>
<p><strong>User-defined symbols and include paths:&nbsp; </strong>You can flag certain 
tool options as
special so the build model will know to pay special attention to them.
As the implementer of the tool integration, you should make sure your
specification has options of type &ldquo;includePaths&rdquo; and &ldquo;definedSymbols&rdquo;. 
The build model will pay special attention to these options and provide
them to the appropriate clients in the CDT core without any further
intervention on your part.</p>
<p><strong>Pre-defined symbols and include paths:&nbsp; </strong>A toolChain may specify 
the id of scanner configuration discovery profile for gathering the built-in 
compiler settings.&nbsp; See the org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.ScannerConfigurationDiscoveryProfile 
extension point description in the reference documentation for more information.&nbsp; 
If a collector is specified, MBS invokes it to return the pre-defined symbols 
and include paths.&nbsp; If a collector is not specified, MBS searches for 
options of type &ldquo;includePaths&rdquo; and &ldquo;definedSymbols&rdquo; with the <strong>builtIn</strong> 
attribute set to true.</p>
<p><strong>Environment include paths:&nbsp; </strong>Your build definition may specify a 
envVarBuildPath element with the <strong>pathType</strong> attribute set to &quot;buildpathInclude&quot;.&nbsp; 
If specified, MBS will read the environment variable(s) for additional include 
paths.&nbsp; See  3.17 for additional information regarding the envVarBuildPath 
element.</p>
<p class="subsection">6.13.3 User-Specified
Libraries and Object
Modules</p>
<p>Similarly, a user may want to specify external libraries to link against in 
the final build step. The build model needs to be told to pay special attention 
to an option containing libraries so that when the build file generator requests 
them, it can provide a valid list. Flag the
option value type as &ldquo;libs&rdquo; for external libraries or &ldquo;userObjs&rdquo; for
object modules.</p>
<p class="subsection">6.13.4 ProjectType and Other 
Element
Hierarchies</p>
<p>One area of the build model that the tutorial does not touch on
is
the concept of abstract project-types discussed in &sect; 3.2. It would be
quite time consuming, not to mention error prone, if you had to
redefine
common tool-chains, tools, etc. each time you wanted to create a new 
project-type.
Instead, the build model allows you to organize project-types into
hierarchies
that promote the sharing of common property settings and element definitions between
related project-types. When you create a parent project-type though, you may not 
want that project-type to be selected by the user in the new project wizard. In 
that case, make the projectType abstract and it will no longer appear as an 
option for users. Flagging an element as abstract is a UI design
decision; you can declare a non-abstract element as the super-class of
another
element.</p>
<p>Since 2.1
it is possible to declare a configuration, tool-chain, tool, builder and targetPlatform independently of a project-type. So it
is possible to declare a complete set of elements once, and use superClass references to those 
elements inside many projectTypes.<br>
</p>
<p class="subsection">6.13.5 Publishing
your Plug-in</p>
<p>The subject of packaging Eclipse plug-ins is well covered in the <span
 style="font-style: italic;">Platform Plug-in Developer Guide</span>.
It is strongly recommended that you review this information carefully
if you plan on deploying products based on Eclipse. However, making
your tool integration available to other users of Eclipse is
not difficult. You must supply the plugin manifest we created inside
the Eclipse platform's plug-in directory. The plug-in directory is
named plugins and is typically
located underneath the main directory where you installed the Eclipse
platform.<strong>
</strong></p>
<ol>
  <li style="font-weight: normal;">From the <span
 style="font-weight: bold;">Plug-in
Development
Perspective</span>, select the plugin.xml
file for your plug-in in the package explorer. Open the <span
 style="font-weight: bold;">File &gt;
Export...</span> wizard. On the <span style="font-weight: bold;">Select</span>
page, chose <span style="font-weight: bold;">Deployable Plugins and Fragments</span> from
the export
destination list. Click the <span style="font-weight: bold;">Next &gt;</span>
button. </li>
  <li style="font-weight: normal;">In the <strong>Deployable Plugins and Fragments</strong> 
	dialog, Export  <code>
	Destination section, select Directory and </code>click the Browse... button.
Browse to your Eclipse installation. Deselect all Export Options.&nbsp; Click the Finish
button.</li>
  <li>Restart Eclipse, switch to the <span style="font-weight: bold;">C/C++
Development Perspective</span> and run the new project wizard to create
a new project based on your tool integration.</li>
</ol>
<p class="section"><a name="_TocSectionDynamic">7 Adding Dynamic Behavior</a></p>
<p class="subsection"><a name="_TocSectionDynamic_1">7.1 Overview</a></p>
<p>MBS defines a number of element attributes that allow the tool integrator to 
customize the behavior of the MBS by implementing an MBS-defined interface in a 
Java class.&nbsp; This section describes these attributes and the interfaces.</p>
<p class="subsection"><a name="_TocSectionDynamic_2">7.2 Replacing the Build File Generator</a></p>
<p>You can specify a replacement
build file generator for a project configuration. You must specify and supply a class
that
implements the <code>IManagedBuilderMakefileGenerator</code>
interface shown below.&nbsp; The class name is assigned to the builder element, 
buildfileGenerator attribute. </p>
<p>
<img style="border: 0px solid ;"
 src="./image060.gif"
 title="" alt="Makefile generator interface"> </p>
<h5>Figure 10 Makefile generator interface</h5>
<p>At build time, the MBS builder will ask for the build file generator 
associated with the project configuration being built. If you have specified a class
in your plugin, that class will be instantiated at this point. The MBS
builder will then give the new
build file generator a chance to initialize itself.&nbsp; At the very least,
your generator should cache the build information and progress monitor
so you can access build settings and respond to the user canceling the
build in a timely fashion.</p>
<p>
<img style="border: 0px solid ;"
 src="./image062.gif"
 title="" alt="MBS makefile generator initialization routine"></p>
<p>Since the MBS builder is an incremental builder, it will be asked to
build or
rebuild the project depending on the type of delta that the Eclipse
workspace detects. For an incremental build using the default generator, it will ask the generator
to generate makefiles. For a full rebuild, it will ask for a
regeneration of all makefiles. Depending on the makefile pattern that
you generate, these may end up doing the same thing. It is important to
note that the builder pays special attention to the return value of the
generate and regenerate methods, so it is important to return a
instance of <code>MultiStatus</code> containing some sort or result.
For example, the following code snippet will tell the builder that it
can go on and invoke the make utility and start the build.<br>
</p>
<p>
<img style="border: 0px solid ;"
 src="./image064.gif"
 title="" alt="Return value"></p>
<p>Typically, you have to specify source-level dependencies in your
makefiles as described in &sect;
5.1.3. The builder will ask the generator to generate or regenerate
these dependencies depending on whether it is an incremental or rebuild
situation. If your source-level dependencies are generated as a
by-product of the build step, this call may result in a NOP. In the case of the 
default generator, it results in some post-processing of the dependency 
descriptions. What happens depends entirely on the build
utility you are using and the build file pattern you implement.</p>
<p class="subsection"><a name="_TocSectionDynamic_3">7.3 Replacing the
Dependency Calculator</a></p>
<p>As we know, the generated build file must contain all
of the dependencies for a build target, but not every system has the
same set of utilities for discovering them. Some tool integrations might rely
on an external utility like <var>makedepend</var> to calculate
source-level
dependencies. Other tool integrations might provide dependency calculation
along with the other build tools, like the GCC preprocessor. The replaceable dependency
calculator in the MBS tries to accommodate many types of dependency
discovery mechanisms. </p>
<p>The
mechanism for replacing the dependency calculator is similar to the build file generator, except that the dependency calculator is associated
with a tool inputType, not a builder. You must create a class that implements the <code>IManagedDependencyGenerator2</code>
interface
shown below and specify that class in the inputType element, 
dependencyCalculator attribute.&nbsp; Typically, dependency calculators are only 
relevant for a &quot;compiler&quot; tool, but what tool you use to specify the generator (or generators)
is arbitrary.</p>
<p>By design, a dependency calculator must answer what type of
dependency generation it will do.&nbsp; There are two major, 
and multiple minor, modes of dependency calculation supported by the MBS.&nbsp; 
The major modes are:</p>
<ol>
	<li>The build file generator invokes tool integrator 
	provided methods that calculate all dependencies using whatever method the 
	tool integrator wants.&nbsp; The build file generator then adds the 
	dependencies to the build file using the appropriate build file syntax.&nbsp; 
	This is a TYPE_CUSTOM dependency calculator as defined below.&nbsp; See the
	<span style="font-family:Courier New">IManagedDependencyCalculator </span>
	interface discussion below for more information.&nbsp; </li>
	<li>The build file generator and the tool-chain cooperate 
	in creating and using separate &quot;dependency&quot; files.&nbsp; In this case, 
	dependency calculation is done at &quot;build time&quot;, rather than at &quot;build file 
	generation time&quot; as in mode #1.&nbsp; This currently supports the GNU 
	concept of using .d files in GNU make.&nbsp; This is either a 
	TYPE_BUILD_COMMANDS dependency calculator or a TYPE_PREBUILD_COMMANDS 
	dependency calculator as defined below.&nbsp; See the 
	<span style="font-family:Courier New">IManagedDependencyCommands </span>
	and <span style="font-family:Courier New">IManagedDependencyPreBuild </span>
	interfaces discussion below for more information.</li>
</ol>
<p><span style="font-family:Courier New">public interface IManagedDependencyGeneratorType {<br>
<span style="color:#336699">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; /**<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; *&nbsp; Constants returned by getCalculatorType<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; */<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
</span>	public int TYPE_NODEPS = 0;		//&nbsp; Deprecated - use 
TYPE_NODEPENDENCIES<br>
	&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
	public int TYPE_COMMAND = 1;		//&nbsp; Deprecated - use 
TYPE_BUILD_COMMANDS<br>
	&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
	public int TYPE_INDEXER = 2;		//&nbsp; Deprecated - use TYPE_CUSTOM<br>
	&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
	public int TYPE_EXTERNAL = 3;		//&nbsp; Deprecated - use TYPE_CUSTOM<br>
	&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
	public int TYPE_OLD_TYPE_LIMIT = 3;<br>
	<br>
	&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span style="color:#336699">//&nbsp; Use these types<br>
	</span>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
	public int TYPE_NODEPENDENCIES = 4;<br>
	&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
	public int TYPE_BUILD_COMMANDS = 5;<br>
	&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
	public int TYPE_PREBUILD_COMMANDS = 6;<br>
	&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
	public int TYPE_CUSTOM = 7;<br>
	<br>
<span style="color:#336699">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; /**<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * Returns the type of dependency generator that is 
implemented.&nbsp; <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; *&nbsp;&nbsp; TYPE_NODEPENDENCIES indicates that no 
dependency generator is <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; *&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; supplied or needed.<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; *&nbsp;&nbsp; TYPE_CUSTOM indicates that a custom, 
&quot;build file generation time&quot;<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; *&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; dependency calculator is 
implemented.&nbsp; Note that the dependency<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; *&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; calculator will be called 
when the makefile is generated, and <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; *&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; for every source file that is 
built by this tool in the build <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; *&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; file, not just for those that 
have changed since the last build<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; *&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; file generation.<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; *&nbsp;&nbsp; TYPE_BUILD_COMMANDS indicates that 
command lines or options will <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; *&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; be returned to be used to 
calculate dependencies.&nbsp; These <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; *&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; commands/options are added to 
the build file to perform dependency<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; *&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; calculation at &quot;build time&quot;.&nbsp; 
This currently supports <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; *&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; compilers/tools that generate 
.d files either as a<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; *&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; side-effect of tool 
invocation, or as a separate step that is<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; *&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; invoked immediately before or 
after the tool invocation. <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; *&nbsp;&nbsp; TYPE_PREBUILD_COMMANDS indicates that a 
separate build step is <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; *&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; invoked, prior to the the 
normal build steps, to update the <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; *&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; dependency information.&nbsp; 
These commands are added to the build<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; *&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; file to perform dependency 
calculation at &quot;build time&quot;.&nbsp; Note <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; *&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; that this step will be 
invoked every time a build is done in <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; *&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; order to determine if 
dependency files need to be re-generated.<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * @return int<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; */<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
</span>	public int getCalculatorType();<br>
}</span></p>
<p>After deciding upon the type of dependency calculator, you 
must implement the methods in<code>  </code><code>IManagedDependencyGenerator2</code>.&nbsp; 
The method <span style="font-family:Courier New">getDependencySourceInfo </span>
returns an instance of the <span style="font-family:Courier New">
IManagedDependencyInfo</span> interface.&nbsp; This can be 
any one of the 3 interfaces that derive from <span style="font-family:Courier New">
IManagedDependencyInfo</span>&nbsp; - 
<span style="font-family:Courier New">I</span><span style="font-family:Courier New">ManagedDependencyCalculator, 
IManagedDependencyCommands </span>or 
<span style="font-family:Courier New">IManagedDependencyPreBuild </span>
which are discussed below.&nbsp; The returned interface is called to get the 
dependency information for a particular source file in the configuration.&nbsp; 
See the descriptions of the other methods in<code>  </code><code>IManagedDependencyGenerator2</code>
in the code comments below.</p>
<pre>public interface IManagedDependencyGenerator2 extends IManagedDependencyGeneratorType {
	
<span style="color:#336699">    /**
     * Returns an instance of IManagedDependencyInfo for this source file.
     * IManagedDependencyCalculator, IManagedDependencyCommands
     * and IManagedDependencyPreBuild are all derived from
     * IManagedDependencyInfo, and any one of the three can be returned.
     * This is called when getCalculatorType returns TYPE_BUILD_COMMANDS, 
     * TYPE_CUSTOM or TYPE_PREBUILD_COMMANDS.
     *
     * @param source  The source file for which dependencies should be calculated
     *    The IPath can be either relative to the project directory, or absolute in the file system.
     * @param buildContext  The IConfiguration or IResourceConfiguration that
     *   contains the context in which the source file will be built
     * @param tool  The tool associated with the source file
     * @param topBuildDirectory  The top build directory of the configuration.  This is
     *   the working directory for the tool.  This IPath is relative to the project directory.
     * @return IManagedDependencyInfo    
     */
</span>	public IManagedDependencyInfo getDependencySourceInfo(
		IPath source,
		IBuildObject buildContext,
		ITool tool,
		IPath topBuildDirectory);

<span style="color:#336699">    /**
     * Returns the file extension used by dependency files created
     * by this dependency generator.
     * This is called when getCalculatorType returns TYPE_BUILD_COMMANDS or 
     * TYPE_PREBUILD_COMMANDS.
     *    
     * @param buildContext  The IConfiguration that contains the context of the build
     * @param tool  The tool associated with the dependency generator. 
     *
     * @return String
     */
</span>	public String getDependencyFileExtension(
		IConfiguration buildContext,
		ITool tool);

<span style="color:#336699">    /**
     * Called to allow the dependency calculator to post-process dependency files.
     * This method is called after the build has completed for at least every 
     * dependency file that has changed, and possibly for those that have not
     * changed as well.  It may also be called with dependency files created by
     * another tool.  This method should be able to recognize dependency files
     * that don't belong to it, or that it has already post-processed.
     * This is called when getCalculatorType returns TYPE_BUILD_COMMANDS or 
     * TYPE_PREBUILD_COMMANDS.
     *    
     * @param dependencyFile  The dependency file  
     *    The IPath can be either relative to the top build directory, or absolute in the file system.
     * @param buildContext  The IConfiguration that contains the context of the build
     * @param tool  The tool associated with the dependency generator.  Note that this is
     *    not necessarily the tool that created the dependency file
     * @param topBuildDirectory  The top build directory of the project.  This is
     *   the working directory for the tool.
     *
     * @return boolean  True if the method modified the dependency (e.g., .d) file
     */
</span>	public boolean postProcessDependencyFile(
		IPath dependencyFile,
		IConfiguration buildContext,
		ITool tool,
		IPath topBuildDirectory);
}</pre>
<p class="subsection">7.3.1 TYPE_CUSTOM dependency calculator
</p>
<p>A TYPE_CUSTOM dependency calculator must implement the
<span style="font-family:Courier New">IManagedDependencyCalculator </span>
interface.</p>
<pre>public interface IManagedDependencyCalculator extends IManagedDependencyInfo {
	
<span style="color:#336699">    /**
     * Returns the list of source file specific dependencies.
     *   
     * The paths can be either relative to the project directory, or absolute 
     * in the file system.
     *
     * @return IPath[]    
     */
</span>	public IPath[] getDependencies();
	
<span style="color:#336699">    /**
     * Returns the list of source file specific additional targets that the 
     * source file creates.  Most source files will return null.  An example 
     * of where additional targets should be returned is for a Fortran 90 
     * source file that creates one or more Fortran Modules.
     * 
     * Note that these output files that are dependencies to other invocations
     * of the same tool can be specified here, or as another output type 
     * of the tool.  If the output file can be used as the input of a different
     * tool, then use the output type mechanism.
     *   
     * The paths can be either relative to the top build directory, or absolute 
     * in the file system.
     *
     * @return IPath[]    
     */
</span>	public IPath[] getAdditionalTargets();
}</pre>
<p>An example TYPE_CUSTOM dependency calculator can be found in the MBS test 
suite - org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.tests\DefaultFortranDependencyCalculator.</p>
<p>If you do not have an external process or tool to calculate dependencies, you 
could take advantage of the indexer in the CDT. In this case, you are
restricted to generating the dependencies independently of the build
steps. The dependency calculator asks the indexer for a list of
dependencies and returns them as an array of <code>IResource</code>
instances. Obviously, if you rely on the indexer, you must wait for it
to complete its work before it will answer, so your build may take
longer to complete.&nbsp; See the 
org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.makegen.internal\DefaultIndexerDependencyCalculator 
class for an example of how this was implemented using the old, deprecated
<span style="font-family:Courier New">IManagedDependencyGenerator </span>
interface.&nbsp; However, it doesn't seem as if it worked with CDT 3.0.&nbsp; 
Readers are encouraged to update this method to the new interfaces and 
contribute the implementation to CDT.</p>
<p class="subsection">7.3.2 TYPE_BUILD_COMMANDS dependency 
calculator </p>
When using a TYPE_BUILD_COMMANDS dependency calculator, the build file generator and the tool-chain cooperate in creating and using separate &quot;dependency&quot; files.  The build file generator calls the dependency calculator to get the dependency file names and to get commands that need to be added to the build file.  In this case, dependency calculation is done at &quot;build time&quot;, rather than at &quot;build file generation time&quot; as 
with TYPE_CUSTOM.  This currently supports the GNU concept of using .d files in GNU make.<p>
There are multiple ways that these separate dependency files can
 be created by the tool-chain and used by the builder.&nbsp;  In some cases (e.g., Fortran 90 using modules) the dependency files
 must be created/updated prior to invoking the build of the project 
 artifact (e.g., an application).  In this case, the dependency 
 generation step must occur separately before the main build.
 See 
TYPE_PREBUILD_COMMANDS for more information.&nbsp;  In other cases (e.g., C/C++) the dependency files can be created as
 a side effect of the main build.  This implies that the up to date 
 dependency files are not required for the current build, but for 
 the next build.  C/C++ builds can be treated in this manner as is 
 described in the following link: 
 <a href="http://sourceware.org/automake/automake.html#Dependency-Tracking-Evolution">http://sourceware.org/automake/automake.html#Dependency-Tracking-Evolution</a>.&nbsp;         Use the IManagedDependencyCommands interface         for this mode.</p>
<p>Two sub-scenarios of this mode are to:
 </p>
<ol>
	<li>Create dependency files in the same invocation of the tool that 
 	creates the tool's build artifact - by adding additional options 
 	to the tool invocation command line.</li>
	<li>Create dependency files in a separate invocation of the tool, or
 	by the invocation of another tool</li>
</ol>
<p>MBS can also help in the generation of the dependency files.  Prior to
 CDT 3.1, MBS and gcc cooperated in generating dependency files using the
 following steps:</p>
<ol>
	<li>Gcc is invoked to perform the compilation that generates the object 
 	file.</li>
	<li>An &quot;echo&quot; command creates the .d file, adding the name of the .d
 	file to the beginning of the newly created .d file.  Note that this
 	causes problems with some implementations of &quot;echo&quot; that don't
 	work exactly the way that we want (e.g., it doesn't support the  -n
 	switch).</li>
	<li>Gcc is invoked again with the appropriate additional command line
 	options to append its dependency file information to the .d file 
 	that was created by &quot;echo&quot;.</li>
	<li>Steps 1 - 3 are invoked in the make file.  Step 4 occurs after the
 	make invocation has finished.  In step 4, MBS code post-processes 
 	the .d files to add a dummy dependency for each header file, for 
 	the reason explained in the link above.</li>
</ol>
<p>This mode is no longer used by the default gcc implementation, but can 
 still be used by selecting the DefaultGCCDependencyCalculator3Commands class.</p>
<p>Note for GNU make: these separate dependency files are &quot;include&quot;d by
 a main makefile.  Therefore, if the dependency files are required to 
 be up to date before the main build begins, they must be updated by
 a separate invocation of make.  Also, the configuration &quot;clean&quot; step
 must be invoked by a separate invocation of make.  This is so that
 we can exclude the dependency files for a &quot;make clean&quot; invocation 
 using syntax like:</p>
<p style="margin-bottom: 0">ifneq ($(MAKECMDGOALS), clean)</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">-include $(DEPS)</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">endif
 </p>
<p>Otherwise, because GNU make attempts to re-make make files, we
 can end up with out of date or missing dependency files being 
 re-generated and then immediately &quot;clean&quot;ed.</p>
<p>Examples of the use of TYPE_BUILD_COMMANDS 
can be found in org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.makegen.gnu\DefaultGCCDependencyCalculator2Commands 
and DefaultGCCDependencyCalculator3Commands.</p>
<pre>public interface IManagedDependencyCommands extends IManagedDependencyInfo {
	
<span style="color:#336699">    /**
     * Returns the list of generated dependency files.
     *   
     * The paths can be either relative to the top build directory, or absolute 
     * in the file system.
     *
     * @return IPath[]    
     */
</span>	public IPath[] getDependencyFiles();

<span style="color:#336699">    /**
     * Returns the command lines to be invoked before the normal tool invocation 
     * to calculate dependencies.
     *
     * @return String[]  This can be null or an empty array if no dependency 
     *                   generation command needs to be invoked before the normal 
     *                   tool invocation.
     */
</span>	public String[] getPreToolDependencyCommands();
	
<span style="color:#336699">    /**
     * Returns the command line options to be used to calculate dependencies.
     * The options are added to the normal tool invocation. 
     *
     * @return String[]  This can be null or an empty array if no additional 
     *                   arguments need to be added to the tool invocation.
     *         SHOULD THIS RETURN AN IOption[]?
     */
</span>	public String[] getDependencyCommandOptions();
 	
<span style="color:#336699">    /**
     * Returns the command lines to be invoked after the normal tool invocation  
     * to calculate dependencies.  
     *
     * @return String[]  This can be null or an empty array if no dependency 
     *                   generation commands needs to be invoked after the normal 
     *                   tool invocation
     */
</span>	public String[] getPostToolDependencyCommands();
	
<span style="color:#336699">    /**
     * Returns true if the command lines and/or options returned by this interface
     * are not specific to the particular source file, but are only specific to,
     * at most, the configuration and tool.  If the build context is a resource 
     * configuration, this method should return false if any of the command lines 
     * and/or options are different than if the build context were the parent 
     * configuration.  This can be used by the build file generator in helping
     * to determine if a &quot;pattern&quot; (generic) rule can be used.
     *
     * @return boolean
     */
</span>	public boolean areCommandsGeneric();
}</pre>
<p class="subsection">7.3.3 TYPE_PREBUILD_COMMANDS dependency 
calculator </p>
When using a TYPE_BUILD_PRECOMMANDS dependency calculator, the build file generator and the tool-chain cooperate in creating and using separate &quot;dependency&quot; files.  
For GNU make, these separate dependency files are &quot;include&quot;d by a main makefile. 
Make performs special processing on make files:<br>
<p>&quot;To this end, after reading in all makefiles, make will consider each as a goal 
target and attempt to update it. If a makefile has a rule which says how to 
update it (found either in that very makefile or in another one)..., it will be 
updated if necessary.&nbsp; After all makefiles have been checked, if any have 
actually been changed, make starts with a clean slate and reads all the 
makefiles over again.&quot; <br>
<p>We can use this to ensure that the dependency files are up to date by adding 
rules to the make file for generating the dependency files.&nbsp; These rules 
are returned by the call to the getDependencyCommands method.&nbsp; However, 
this has a significant problem when we don&#39;t want to build the build target, but 
only want to &quot;clean&quot; the configuration, for example. If we invoke make just to 
clean the configuration, make will still update the dependency files if 
necessary, thereby re-generating the dependency files only to immediately delete 
them.&nbsp; The workaround suggested by the make documentation is to check for 
an invocation using the &quot;clean&quot; target, and to not include the dependency files 
it that case. For example, <br>
<p>ifneq ($(MAKECMDGOALS),clean)<br>
include $(DEPS)<br>
endif<br>
<p>The restriction with this is that it only works if &quot;clean&quot; is the only target 
specified on the make command line. Therefore, the build &quot;clean&quot; step must be 
invoked separately.<p>Examples of the use of TYPE_PREBUILD_COMMANDS 
can be found in org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.makegen.gnu\DefaultGCCDependencyCalculatorPreBuildCommands.<pre>public interface IManagedDependencyPreBuild extends IManagedDependencyInfo {

<span style="color:#336699">    /**
     * Returns the list of generated dependency files.
     *   
     * The paths can be either relative to the top build directory, or absolute 
     * in the file system.
     *
     * @return IPath[]    
     */
</span>	public IPath[] getDependencyFiles();

<span style="color:#336699">    /**
     * Returns the name to be used in the build file to identify the separate
     * build step.  Note that this name should be unique to the tool since
     * multiple tools in a tool-chain may be using this method of
     * dependency calculation.
     *    
     * @return String  
     */
</span>	public String getBuildStepName();

<span style="color:#336699">    /**
     * Returns the command line(s) to be invoked in the separate 
     * dependencies pre-build step.
     *
     * @return String[]
     */
</span>	public String[] getDependencyCommands();
	
<span style="color:#336699">   /**
     * Returns true if the command lines returned by this interface
     * are not specific to the particular source file, but are only specific to,
     * at most, the configuration and tool.  If the build context is a resource 
     * configuration, this method should return false if any of the command lines 
     * are different than if the build context were the parent configuration.  
     * This can be used by the build file generator in helping to determine if 
     * a &quot;pattern&quot; (generic) rule can be used.
     *
     * @return boolean
     */
</span>	public boolean areCommandsGeneric();
}</pre>
<p class="subsection"><a name="_TocSectionDynamic_4">7.4 Replacing the Command Line Generator</a></p>
<p>You can specify a replacement command line generator for a tool. You must specify and supply a class
that
implements the <code>IManagedCommandLineGenerator</code>
interface.&nbsp; The class name is assigned to the tool element, commandLineGenerator attribute. </p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-autospace: none; margin-left: .25in; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: Courier New">public interface 
IManagedCommandLineGenerator {</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-autospace: none; margin-left: .25in; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp; public 
IManagedCommandLineInfo generateCommandLineInfo(</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-autospace: none; margin-left: .25in; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; ITool tool,</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-autospace: none; margin-left: .25in; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; String 
commandName,</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-autospace: none; margin-left: .25in; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; String[] 
flags,</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-autospace: none; margin-left: .25in; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; String 
outputFlag,</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-autospace: none; margin-left: .25in; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; String 
outputPrefix,</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-autospace: none; margin-left: .25in; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; String 
outputName,</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-autospace: none; margin-left: .25in; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; String[] 
inputResources,</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-autospace: none; margin-left: .25in; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; String 
commandPattern); </span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-autospace: none; margin-left: .25in; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: Courier New">}</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-autospace: none; margin-left: .25in; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">&nbsp;</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-autospace: none; margin-left: .25in; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: Courier New">public interface 
IManagedCommandLineInfo {</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-autospace: none; margin-left: .25in; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp; public String 
getCommandLine();</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-autospace: none; margin-left: .25in; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp; public String 
getCommandName();</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-autospace: none; margin-left: .25in; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp; public String getFlags();</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-autospace: none; margin-left: .25in; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp; public String 
getOutputFlag();</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-autospace: none; margin-left: .25in; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp; public String 
getOutputPrefix();</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-autospace: none; margin-left: .25in; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp; public String 
getOutputName();</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-autospace: none; margin-left: .25in; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp; public String 
getInputResources();</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-autospace: none; margin-left: .25in; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: Courier New">}</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-autospace: none">MBS calls IManagedCommandLineGenerator.generateCommandLineInfo to generate the command 
line information.&nbsp; The supplied IManagedCommandLineGenerator could modify the 
command line parts if necessary and then provide the modified values, as well as 
the complete command line, in the <span style="font-family:Courier New">IManagedCommandLineInfo</span> interface.&nbsp; The 
default MBS implementation does not modify any of the command line parts.&nbsp; It 
uses the parts and the pattern to generate the complete command line that can be 
retrieved using IManagedCommandLineInfo.getCommandLine.</p>
<p class="subsection"><a name="_TocSectionDynamic_5">7.5 Determining if a Tool Chain is Installed</a></p>
<p class="MsoNormal">A tool-chain definition can provide a method to be called 
to determine if support for the tool-chain is currently installed on the 
system.&nbsp; MBS uses this information in order to filter the choices presented to 
the CDT user and to inform the user when support needed by their project is not 
installed. If the method is not provided by the tool-chain definition, the 
tool-chain is treated as supported.&nbsp; If all configurations defined for the 
given project type are not supported the project type is treated as unsupported.</p>
<p>In order to provide this functionality, the &ldquo;isToolChainSupported&rdquo; 
attribute in the toolChain 
definition must be specified. The value of this attribute should be set to the 
name of the class which implements the <span style="font-family:Courier New">IManagedIsToolChainSupported</span> 
interface.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">public interface 
IManagedIsToolChainSupported{</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; boolean 
isSupported(IToolChain toolChain, PluginVersionIdentifier version, String 
instance);</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">}</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">&nbsp;</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">The version 
argument specifies the version of the ToolChain, or null if the ToolChain does 
not have a version number.&nbsp; The instance argument is currently null.&nbsp; It will be 
used when &ldquo;Multi-Instance&rdquo; support is implemented.</p>
<p class="subsection"><a name="_TocSectionDynamic_6">7.6 Defining Environment Variables</a></p>
<p>A tool-integrator can provide a method to be called that identifies the default 
environment variables for the tool-chain.&nbsp; These would typically include the 
build path variables (&ldquo;bin&rdquo;, &ldquo;include&rdquo;, &ldquo;lib&rdquo;). These environment variables are 
defined by MBS for the process in which the builder (e.g., make) runs. In 
addition to providing environment variables the tool-chain integrator can 
specify the names of the environment variables used by the tool for specifying 
the include and library paths. MBS will examine these variables and pass the 
appropriate information about includes and libraries to the rest of the CDT.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">The tool-integrator can provide Project-level and 
Configuration-level environment variable suppliers separately:&nbsp;</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left: 0in">To provide a Configuration-level 
supplier the &ldquo;configurationEnvironmentSupplier&rdquo; attribute in the toolChain 
definition must be specified. The value of this attribute should be set to the 
name of the class which implements the <span style="font-family:Courier New">IConfigurationEnvironmentVariableSupplier </span>
interface </p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">public interface 
IConfigurationEnvironmentVariableSupplier{</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;/**</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp; &nbsp;*</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp; &nbsp;* @variableName the variable mane</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp; &nbsp;* @param configuration configuration</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp; &nbsp;* @param provider the instance of the 
environment variable provider to be used for querying the</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp; &nbsp;* environment variables from within 
the supplier. The supplier should use this provider to obtain</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp; </span><span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* the already defined environment instead of using 
the &ldquo;default&rdquo; provider returned by the</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp; </span><span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* 
ManagedBuildManager.getEnvironmentVariableProvider().</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; * </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">The provider passed to a supplier will ignore 
searching the variables for the levels </span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp; </span><span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* higher than the current supplier level, will 
query only the lower-precedence suppliers </span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;</span> <span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* for the current level and will query all 
suppliers for the lower levels. </span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;</span> <span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* This is done to avoid infinite loops that could 
be caused if the supplier calls the provider </span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;</span> <span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* and the provider in turn calls that supplier 
again. Also the supplier should not know anything </span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;</span> <span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* about the environment variables defined for the 
higher levels.</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;* @return the reference to the IBuildEnvironmentVariable interface representing </span>
</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp; </span><span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* the variable of a given name</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp; &nbsp;*/</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp; IBuildEnvironmentVariable getVariable(String variableName,
</span> </p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-indent: 35.4pt; margin-left: 2.95in; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">IConfiguration configuration,</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-indent: 35.4pt; margin-left: 2.95in; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">IEnvironmentVariableProvider provider);</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">&nbsp;</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;/**</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp; &nbsp;* @param configuration configuration</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp; &nbsp;* @param provider the instance of the 
environment variable provider to be used for querying the</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp; &nbsp;* environment variables from within 
the supplier. The supplier should use this provider to obtain</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; *</span><span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366"> the already defined environment instead of using 
the &ldquo;default&rdquo; provider returned by the</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">* 
ManagedBuildManager.getEnvironmentVariableProvider().</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp; </span><span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* The provider passed to a supplier will ignore 
searching the variables for the levels </span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp; </span><span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* higher than the current supplier level, will 
query only the lower-precedence suppliers </span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp; </span><span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* for the current level and will query all 
suppliers for the lower levels.&nbsp; </span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp; </span><span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* This is done to avoid infinite loops that could 
be caused if the supplier calls the provider </span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp; </span><span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* and the provider in turn calls that supplier 
again. Also the supplier should not know anything</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp; </span><span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* about the environment variables defined for the 
higher levels.</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp; &nbsp;* @return the array of IBuildEnvironmentVariable that represents the environment variables</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp; &nbsp;*/</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp; IBuildEnvironmentVariable[] getVariables (IConfiguration configuration,</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-indent: 35.4pt; margin-left: 2.95in; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">IEnvironmentVariableProvider provider);</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">}</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left: 0in">To provide a Project-level 
supplier the &ldquo;projectEnvironmentSupplier&rdquo; attribute in the projectType 
definition must be specified. The value of this attribute should be set to the 
name of the class which implements the <span style="font-family:Courier New">IProjectEnvironmentVariableSupplier 
interface.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">public interface 
IProjectEnvironmentVariableSupplier{</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp; /**</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp; &nbsp;* @variableName the variable mane</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp; &nbsp;* @param project the managed project</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp; &nbsp;* @param provider the instance of the 
environment variable provider to be used for querying the</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp; &nbsp;* environment variables from within 
the supplier. The supplier should use this provider to obtain</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; 
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">* the already defined environment instead of using 
the &ldquo;default&rdquo; provider returned by the</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; 
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">* 
ManagedBuildManager.getEnvironmentVariableProvider().</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp; </span><span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* The provider passed to a supplier will ignore 
searching the variables for the levels </span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp; </span><span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* higher than the current supplier level, will 
query only the lower-precedence suppliers </span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp; </span><span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* for the current level and will query all 
suppliers for the lower levels. </span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp; </span><span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* This is done to avoid infinite loops that could 
be caused if the supplier calls the provider </span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp; </span><span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* and the provider in turn calls that supplier 
again. Also the supplier should not know anything</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp; </span><span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* about the environment variables defined for the 
higher levels.</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;* @return the reference to the IBuildEnvironmentVariable interface representing </span>
</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp; </span><span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* the variable of a given name</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;*/</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp; IBuildEnvironmentVariable getVariable(String variableName,
 </p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-indent: 35.4pt; margin-left: 177.0pt; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">IManagedProject project,</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-indent: 35.4pt; margin-left: 177.0pt; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">IEnvironmentVariableProvider provider);</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">&nbsp;</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp; /**</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp; &nbsp;*</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp; &nbsp;* @param project the managed project</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp; &nbsp;* @param provider the instance of the 
environment variable provider to be used for querying the</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp; &nbsp;* environment variables from within 
the supplier. The supplier should use this provider to obtain</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">* the already defined environment instead of using 
the &ldquo;default&rdquo; provider returned by the</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">* 
ManagedBuildManager.getEnvironmentVariableProvider().</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp; </span><span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* The provider passed to a supplier will ignore 
searching the variables for the levels </span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp; </span><span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* higher than the current supplier level, will 
query only the lower-precedence suppliers </span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp; </span><span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* for the current level and will query all 
suppliers for the lower levels. </span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp; </span><span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* This is done to avoid infinite loops that could 
be caused if the supplier calls the provider </span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp; </span><span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* and the provider in turn calls that supplier 
again. Also the supplier should not know anything</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp; </span><span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* about the environment variables defined for the 
higher levels.</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;* @return the array of IBuildEnvironmentVariable that represents the environment variables </span>
</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;*/</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp; IBuildEnvironmentVariable[] getVariables (IManagedProject project,</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-indent: 35.4pt; margin-left: 177.0pt; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">IEnvironmentVariableProvider provider);</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">}</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal">The <span style="font-family:Courier New">IBuildEnvironmentVariable</span> interface returns information regarding an 
individual environment variable.&nbsp;</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">public interface 
IBuildEnvironmentVariable{</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
public static final int ENVVAR_REPLACE = 1;</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
public static final int ENVVAR_REMOVE = 2;</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
public static final int ENVVAR_PREPEND = 3;</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
public static final int ENVVAR_APPEND = 4;</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-indent: 35.4pt; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
&nbsp;</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;String getName();</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">&nbsp;</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;String getValue();</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">&nbsp;</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;/**</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;* @return one of the IBuildEnvironmentVariable.ENVVAR_* operation types</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;*/</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; int 
getOperation();</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">&nbsp;</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;/**</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;* @return if the variable can hold the 
list of values this method returns the String representing</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* the delimiter that is used to separate values. 
This information is used for the following:</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;*</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* 1. in append and prepend operations:</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* If the variable already exists and contains some 
value the new </span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* value will be calculated in the following way:</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* For the &ldquo;prepend&rdquo; operation:</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &lt;New value&gt; = &lt;the value from the 
getValue() method&gt;&lt;delimiter&gt;&lt;Old value&gt;</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* For the &ldquo;append&rdquo; operation:</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &lt;New value&gt; = &lt;Old value&gt;&lt;delimiter&gt;&lt;the 
value from the getValue() method&gt;</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* </span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* The Environment Variable Provider will also 
remove the duplicates of &ldquo;sub-values&rdquo; </span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* in the resulting value. </span>
</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* For example:</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* If the current value is 
&ldquo;string1:string2:string3&rdquo;, the getDelimiter() method returns &ldquo;:&rdquo; </span>
</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* and getValue() method returns &ldquo;string4:string2&rdquo; 
the new value will contain:</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* For the &ldquo;prepend&rdquo; operation: 
&ldquo;string4:string2:string1:string3&rdquo;</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* For the &ldquo;append&rdquo; operation: 
&ldquo;string1:string3:string4:string2&rdquo;</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;* 2. Since the environment variables are also 
treated as build macros the delimiter is also used </span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* by the BuildMacroProvider to determine the type 
of the macro used to represent the</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* given environment variable. If the variable has 
the delimiter it is treated as the Text-List macro</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* otherwise it is treated as the Text macro. (See 
Build Macro design for more details)</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* </span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* To specify that no delimiter should be used, the 
getDelimiter() method should<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;* return null or an empty string</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;*/</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; String getDelimiter();</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">}</span></p>
<p class="subsection"><a name="_TocSectionDynamic_7">7.7 Defining a Build Path Resolver</a>&nbsp;</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left: 0in">To provide a build path resolver, 
the buildPathResolver attribute in the envVarBuildPath 
definition must be specified. The value of this attribute should be set to the 
name of the class which implements the <span style="font-family:Courier New">IBuildPathResolver</span> interface.&nbsp; This 
allows the tool-integrator to provide his/her own 
		logic for resolving the environment variable values to build paths.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">public interface 
IBuildPathResolver {</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">&nbsp;</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; /**</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;*</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;* @param pathType one of the 
IEnvVarBuildPath.BUILDPATH _xxx</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* @param variableName represents the name of the 
variable that holds the build paths</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* @param variableValue represents the value of the 
value specified with the </span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;*&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;variableName argument</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* @param configuration represents configuration 
for which the build paths are requested</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;*/</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 
String[] resolveBuildPaths(</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; int pathType,</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
String variableName, </span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
String variableValue,</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
IConfiguration configuration);</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">}</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">&nbsp;</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">See 
org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.gnu.cygwin.CygwinPathResolver for an example of a 
build path resolver.&nbsp; It converts Cygwin-style paths to Windows paths.</p>
<p class="subsection"><a name="_TocSectionDynamic_8">7.8 Defining Build Macros</a></p>
<p class="MsoNormal">The <span style="font-family:Courier New">IConfigurationBuildMacroSupplier</span> interface and the 
<span style="font-family:Courier New">IProjectBuildMacroSupplier</span> interface allow a tool-integrator to define build 
macros and their values.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">All methods of the <span style="font-family:Courier New">IConfigurationBuildMacroSupplier </span>
interface MUST return macros ONLY for the configuration context, and MUST NOT 
search for macro values for contexts with lower precedence. This is up to 
BuildMacroProvider to query macro suppliers passing lower-precedence context if 
necessary in case the macro value was not found for some specified context</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">public interface 
IConfigurationBuildMacroSupplier {</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;/**</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;*</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;* @ macroName the macro name</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;* @param configuration configuration</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;* @param provider the instance of the 
build macro provider to be used for querying the</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;* build macros from within the 
supplier. The supplier should use this provider to obtain</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">* the already defined build macros instead of using 
the &ldquo;default&rdquo; provider returned by the</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">* ManagedBuildManager.getBuildMacroProvider().</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* The provider passed to a supplier will ignore 
searching macros for the levels <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;* higher than the current supplier level, will 
query only the lower-precedence suppliers </span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* for the current level and will query all 
suppliers for the lower levels. </span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* This is done to avoid infinite loops that could 
be caused if the supplier calls the provider </span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* and the provider in turn calls that supplier 
again. Also the supplier should not know anything<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;* about the build macros defined for the higher 
levels.</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;* @return the reference to the IBuildMacro interface representing </span>
</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* the build macro of a given name or null if the 
macro of&nbsp; that name is not defined</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;*/</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New">IBuildMacro getMacro(String macroName, </span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-indent: 35.4pt; margin-left: 70.8pt; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">IConfiguration configuration, </span> </p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-indent: 35.4pt; margin-left: 70.8pt; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">IBuildMacroProvider provider);</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">&nbsp;</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;/**</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;*</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;* @param configuration configuration</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;* @param provider the instance of the 
build macro provider to be used for querying the</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;* build macros from within the 
supplier. The supplier should use this provider to obtain</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">* the already defined build macros instead of using 
the &ldquo;default&rdquo; provider returned by the</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">* ManagedBuildManager.getBuildMacroProvider().</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">* The provider passed to a supplier will ignore 
searching macros for the levels </span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">* higher than the current supplier level, will 
query only the lower-precedence suppliers </span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* for the current level and will query all 
suppliers for the lower levels. </span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* This is done to avoid infinite loops that could 
be caused if the supplier calls the provider </span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* and the provider in turn calls that supplier 
again. Also the supplier should not know anything</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* about the build macros defined for the higher 
levels.</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;* @return the IBuildMacro[] array 
representing defined macros </span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;*/</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New">IBuildMacro[] getMacros(IConfiguration configuration,</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-indent: 35.4pt; margin-left: 70.8pt; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">IBuildMacroProvider provider);</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">}</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal">All methods of the <span style="font-family:Courier New">IProjectBuildMacroSupplier</span> interface 
MUST return macros ONLY for the Project context, and MUST NOT search for macro 
values for contexts with lower precedence. This is up to the BuildMacroProvider 
to query macro suppliers passing lower-precedence context if necessary in case 
the macro value was not found for some specified context.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">public interface 
IProjectBuildMacroSupplier {</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;/**</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;*</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;* @ macroName the macro mane</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;* @param project the instance of the 
managed project</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;* @param provider the instance of the 
build macro provider to be used for querying the</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;* build macros from within the 
supplier. The supplier should use this provider to obtain</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">* the already defined build macros instead of using 
the &ldquo;default&rdquo; provider returned by the</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">* ManagedBuildManager.getBuildMacroProvider().</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* The provider passed to a supplier will ignore 
searching macros for the levels </span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* higher than the current supplier level, will 
query only the lower-precedence suppliers </span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* for the current level and will query all 
suppliers for the lower levels. </span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* This is done to avoid infinite loops that could 
be caused if the supplier calls the provider </span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* and the provider in turn calls that supplier 
again. Also the supplier should not know anything</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* about the build macros defined for the higher 
levels.</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;* @return the reference to the IBuildMacro interface representing </span>
</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* the build macro of a given name or null if the 
macro of&nbsp; that name is not defined</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;*/</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New">IBuildMacro getMacro(String macroName, </span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-indent: 35.4pt; margin-left: 106.2pt; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">IManagedProject project,</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-indent: 35.4pt; margin-left: 106.2pt; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">IBuildMacroProvider provider);</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">&nbsp;</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;/**</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;*</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;* @param project the instance of the 
managed project</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;* @param provider the instance of the 
build macro provider to be used for querying the</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;* build macros from within the 
supplier. The supplier should use this provider to obtain</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">* the already defined build macros instead of using 
the &ldquo;default&rdquo; provider returned by the</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">* ManagedBuildManager.getBuildMacroProvider().</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* The provider passed to a supplier will ignore 
searching macros for the levels </span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* higher than the current supplier level, will 
query only the lower-precedence suppliers </span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* for the current level and will query all 
suppliers for the lower levels. </span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* This is done to avoid infinite loops that could 
be caused if the supplier calls the provider </span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* and the provider in turn calls that supplier 
again. Also the supplier should not know anything</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;* about the build macros defined for the higher 
levels.</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;* @return the IBuildMacro[] array 
representing defined macros </span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;*/</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New; color:#003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>
<span style="font-family:Courier New">IBuildMacro[] getMacros(IManagedProject project,</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-indent: 35.4pt; margin-left: 106.2pt; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">IBuildMacroProvider provider);</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">}</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal">The <span style="font-family:Courier New">IBuildMacro</span> interface returns information regarding an 
individual build macro.&nbsp;</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">public interface 
IBuildMacro{</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;public 
static final int VALUE_TEXT = 1; //can hold any text string</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;public 
static final int VALUE_TEXT_LIST = 2; //can hold the array of text string values</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;public 
static final int VALUE_PATH_FILE = 3; //can hold file path</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;public 
static final int VALUE_PATH_FILE_LIST = 4; //can hold the array of file path 
values</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;public 
static final int VALUE_PATH_DIR = 5; //can hold dir path</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;public 
static final int VALUE_PATH_DIR_LIST = 6; //can hold the array of dir path 
values</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;public 
static final int VALUE_PATH_ANY = 7; //can hold both file and dir path</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;public 
static final int VALUE_PATH_ANY_LIST = 8; //can hold the array of&nbsp; PATH_ANY</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="text-indent: 35.4pt; margin-left: 283.2pt; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">// values&nbsp;</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">&nbsp;</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;String getName();</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 
</span> </p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;/**</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;* @returns IBuildMacro.VALUE_xxx</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;*/</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;int 
getMacroValueType();</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">&nbsp;</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;/**</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;* @throws BuildMacroException if macro 
holds StringList-type value</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">
<span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;*/</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;String getStringValue() throws BuildMacroException;</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
&nbsp;</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; /**</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;* @throws BuildMacroException if macro 
holds single String-type value</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New"><span style="color: #003366">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;*/</span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 
String[] getStringListValue() throws BuildMacroException;</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-family:Courier New">}</span></p>
<p class="subsection"><a name="_TocSectionDynamic_9">7.9 Defining a Configuration Name Provider</a></p>
<p class="MsoNormal">All the configuration names must be unique within a 
project.&nbsp; You can provide unique configuration names in your build 
definitions, or you can dynamically created unique names.&nbsp; To 
provide configuration names dynamically, <a name="_TocSectionDynamic_15">you 
must specify and supply a class that implements the <code>IConfigurationNameProvider</code>
interface shown below.&nbsp; The class name is assigned to the projectType element, 
configurationNameProvider attribute. </a></p>
<p class="MsoNormal">Consider the following usage for a configuration name 
provider.&nbsp; You support multiple versions of your tool-chain within the same 
version of CDT (see  8.2 for a discussion of supporting multiple versions).&nbsp; 
For the purpose of this example, assume they are versions 1.0 and 2.0.&nbsp; You 
provide default &quot;debug&quot; and &quot;release&quot; configurations for each version of your 
tool-chain.&nbsp; You have a choice when assigning names to these default 
configurations.&nbsp; You can define unique names statically in your build 
definitions (for example, &quot;Debug_1.0&quot;, &quot;Debug_2.0&quot;, etc.)&nbsp; However, these 
names are not very &quot;user-friendly&quot;, particularly for a user who intends to use a 
single version of your tool-chain.&nbsp; The alternative is to dynamically 
assign unique configuration names using a configuration name provider (see the&nbsp; <span style="font-family:Courier New">
getNewConfigurationName </span>method below.)&nbsp; The first configuration 
that is created gets to use the most &ldquo;basic&rdquo; name &#8211; for example, &ldquo;Debug&rdquo;.&nbsp; When another configuration is 
created that uses a different tool-chain version, it would see that &ldquo;Debug&rdquo; was 
already chosen, so it could return a more qualified name - for example, &ldquo;Debug_2.0&rdquo;.&nbsp; 
The same technique could be used when your tool-chain supports multiple 
host/target platforms.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><span style="font-family:Courier New">public interface 
IConfigurationNameProvider {<br>
<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp; /*<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * Returns the new unique configuration name based on the 
'configuration'<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * object and the list of configuration names already in use 
in the project.<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; */<br>
<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; String getNewConfigurationName(IConfiguration configuration, 
String [] usedConfigurationNames );<br>
}</span></p>
<p class="subsection"><a name="_TocSectionDynamic_10">7.10 Defining an Output Name Provider</a></p>
<p>You can specify an output name provider for an outputType. You must specify 
and supply a class that implements the <code>IManagedOutputNameProvider</code>
interface shown below.&nbsp; The class name is assigned to the outputType element, 
<strong>nameProvider</strong> attribute. </p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:Courier New">public 
interface IManagedOutputNameProvider{</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp;/**</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp; *</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp; * Returns the output names 
corresponding to the primary input name(s)</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp; *</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp; * @returns String[]</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp; */</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:Courier New">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;IPath[] 
getOutputPaths(ITool tool, IPath[] primaryInputs);</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0">
<span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:Courier New">}</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 6px; margin-bottom: 0">When <strong>multipleOfType</strong> 
is true, an output name provider, or the <strong>outputNames</strong> attribute, is required 
		in order for MBS to know the names of the output files.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top: 6px; margin-bottom: 0">The returned 
paths must be relative to the top-level build directory. However, if only a file 
name is returned, MBS will automatically add on the directory path relative to 
the top-level build directory. The relative path comes from the source file 
location. In order to specify that this output file is always in the top-level 
build directory, regardless of the source file directory structure, return 
&quot;./path&quot;.</p>
<p class="subsection"><a name="_TocSectionDynamic_11">7.11 Defining an Option Value Handler</a></p>
<p>You can specify a value handler for an option.&nbsp; You must specify and 
supply a class that implements the <span style="font-family:Courier New">
IManagedOptionValueHandler</span> interface shown below.&nbsp; This interface is 
used to dynamically manage the value of an option.</p>
<p><span style="font-family:Courier New">public interface IManagedOptionValueHandler{ <br>
<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; public final int EVENT_OPEN = 1;&nbsp; /** The option is 
opened, i.e. its UI element <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 
* is created. The valueHandler can override <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 
* the value of the option. If it does not, <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 
* the last persisted value is used. */<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; public final int EVENT_CLOSE = 2; /** The option is closed. 
i.e. its value has been<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 
* destroyed when a configuration/resource gets deleted.<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 
* The valuehandler can do various things assocaited with<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 
* destroying the option such as freeing the memory<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 
* associated with this option callback, if needed. */<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; public final int EVENT_SETDEFAULT = 3; /** The default value 
option::defaultValue has <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 
* been set. The handleValue callback is called <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 
* afterwards to give the handler a chance to <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 
* override the value or to update the value in <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 
* its back-end. Typically this event will be called <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 
* when the Restore Defaults button is pressed. */<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; public final int EVENT_APPLY = 4; /** The option has been set 
by pressing the Apply <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 
* button (or the OK button). The valueHandler can <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 
* transfer the value of the option to its own <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 
* back-end. */<br>
<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp; /**<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * Handles transfer between values between UI element and <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * back-end in different circumstances.<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * @param configuration build configuration of option <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * (may be IConfiguration or IResourceConfiguration)<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * @param holder contains the holder of the option<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * @param option the option that is handled<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * @param extraArgument extra argument for handler<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * @param event event to be handled <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; *<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * @return True when the event was handled, false otherwise.<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * This enables default event handling can take place.<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; */<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; boolean handleValue(IBuildObject configuration, <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; IHoldsOptions holder, <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; IOption option,<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; String extraArgument, <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; int event);<br>
<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp; /**<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * Checks whether the value of an option is its default value.<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * @param configuration build configuration of option <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * (may be IConfiguration or IResourceConfiguration)<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * @param holder contains the holder of the option<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * @param option the option that is handled<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * @param extraArgument extra argument for handler<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; *<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * The additional options besides configuration are supplied 
to <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * provide enough information for querying the default value 
from <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * a potential data storage back-end.<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * @return True if the options value is its default value and<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * False otherwise. This enables that default event handling 
can <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * take place.<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; */<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; boolean isDefaultValue(IBuildObject configuration, <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; IHoldsOptions holder, <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; IOption option, <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; String extraArgument);<br>
<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp; /**<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * Checks whether an enumeration value of an option is 
currently a <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * valid choice. The use-case for this method is the case, 
where<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * the set of valid enumerations in the plugin.xml file 
changes.<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * The UI will remove entries from selection lists if the 
value <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * returns false.<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * @param configuration build configuration of option <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * (may be IConfiguration or IResourceConfiguration)<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * @param holder contains the holder of the option<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * @param option the option that is handled<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * @param extraArgument extra argument for handler<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * @param enumValue enumeration value that is to be checked<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; *<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * The additional options besides configuration are supplied 
to <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * provide enough information for querying information from a
<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * a potential data storage back-end.<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * @return True if the enumeration value is valid and False
<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; * otherwise.<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; */<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; boolean isEnumValueAppropriate(IBuildObject configuration,
<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; IHoldsOptions holder, <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; IOption option,<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; String extraArgument, <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; String enumValue);<br>
}</span></p>
<p>See the Shared Tool Options design document in bugzilla #90481 
for additional information.</p>
<p class="subsection"><a name="_TocSectionDynamic_12">7.12 Defining an Option Applicability Calculator</a></p>
<p>You can specify an option applicability calculator for an option.&nbsp; You
must specify and supply a 
class that implements the <code><span style="font-family:Courier New">IManagedOutputNameProvider</code>
interface shown below.&nbsp; The class name is assigned to the outputType element, 
<strong>nameProvider</strong> attribute.&nbsp; You should implement this interface when an 
option is not always applicable - for example, when an option is only used if 
another option has a particular value.</p>
<p><span style="font-family:Courier New">public interface IOptionApplicability {<br>
&nbsp;
/**<br>
&nbsp;
* This method is queried whenever a makefile or makefile fragment is<br>
&nbsp;
* generated which uses this option, and in the C/C++ Build property<br>
&nbsp;
* pages when displaying the current command line.<br>
&nbsp;
* <br>
&nbsp;
* @param configuration build configuration of option <br>
&nbsp;
* (may be IConfiguration or IResourceConfiguration)<br>
&nbsp;
* @param holder contains the holder of the option<br>
&nbsp;
* @param option the option itself&nbsp; <br>
&nbsp;
* <br>
&nbsp;
* @return true if this option is to be used in command line<br>
&nbsp;
* generation, false otherwise<br>
&nbsp;
*/<br>
&nbsp;
public boolean isOptionUsedInCommandLine(<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; IBuildObject configuration, <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; IHoldsOptions holder, <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; IOption option); <br>
<br>
&nbsp;
/**<br>
&nbsp;
* This method is queried whenever a new option category is displayed.<br>
&nbsp;
* <br>
&nbsp;
* @param configuration build configuration of option <br>
&nbsp;
* (may be IConfiguration or IResourceConfiguration)<br>
&nbsp;
* @param holder contains the holder of the option<br>
&nbsp;
* @param option the option itself<br>
&nbsp;
* <br>
&nbsp;
* @return true if this option should be visible in the build options page,<br>
&nbsp;
* false otherwise<br>
&nbsp;
*/<br>
&nbsp;
public boolean isOptionVisible(<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; IBuildObject configuration, <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; IHoldsOptions holder, <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; IOption option); <br>
<br>
&nbsp;
/**<br>
&nbsp;
* Whenever the value of an option changes in the GUI, this method is<br>
&nbsp;
* queried on all other visible options for the same category. Note that<br>
&nbsp;
* this occurs when the GUI changes - the user may opt to cancel these<br>
&nbsp;
* changes.<br>
&nbsp;
* <br>
&nbsp;
* @param configuration build configuration of option <br>
&nbsp;
* (may be IConfiguration or IResourceConfiguration)<br>
&nbsp;
* @param holder contains the holder of the option<br>
&nbsp;
* @param option the option itself<br>
&nbsp;
*<br>
&nbsp;
* @return true if this option should be enabled in the build options page,<br>
&nbsp;
* or false if it should be disabled (grayed out)<br>
&nbsp;
*/<br>
&nbsp;
public boolean isOptionEnabled(<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; IBuildObject configuration, <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; IHoldsOptions holder, <br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; IOption option); <br>
<br>
}</span></p>
<p class="subsection"><a name="_TocSectionDynamic_13">7.13 Defining a Dynamic Element Provider</a></p>
<p>Tool integrators may supply a dynamic element provider to dynamically provide the definitions that are otherwise specified in the buildDefinitions 
extension point.&nbsp; To specify a dynamic element provider, your build 
definitions must define a dynamicElementProvider element as described in  3.19. </p>
<p class="subsection"><a name="_TocSectionDynamic_14">7.14 Adding Custom Pages to the New Project Wizard</a></p>





</a>
<P class="MsoNormal">One aspect that toolchain developers have requested
more flexibility in is the ability to customize the new project wizard.<SPAN
	style="mso-spacerun:yes">&nbsp; </SPAN>Developers wish to be able to
add custom pages to the wizard to facilitate such things as
automatically setting launch properties for the project, generating
configuration files for the project, and other various custom settings
and behaviour.<BR>
<BR>
Developers might wish that such customizations be
toolchain specific, or possibly be global to all toolchains.<SPAN
	style="mso-spacerun:yes">&nbsp; </SPAN>At the same time or separately,
they may wish their pages to appear only when a project is of a certain
nature (e.g. C vs. C++) or for certain project types (e.g. executable
vs. library).<BR>
<BR>External interfaces are provided by a single
extension point:<BR>
<BR>7.14.1 org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.ui.newWizardPages</P>
<P class="MsoNormal">This extension point allows for the specification
of pages to the New Managed C/C++ wizards.<SPAN style="mso-spacerun:yes">&nbsp;
</SPAN>Via this extension point, the developer may specify one or more
wizard pages to add to the wizard, and optionally only add these pages
if certain conditions on the project type, project toolchain, and
project nature are met.<SPAN style="mso-spacerun:yes">&nbsp; </SPAN>The
developer may also specify a Java class which performs any operations
pursuant to the state of the wizard when the user clicks Finish.</P>
<P>7.14.1.1 Schema</P>
<P>7.14.1.1.1 wizardPage Element</P>
<P class="MsoNormal">One or more instances of this element are required.<SPAN
	style="mso-spacerun:yes">&nbsp; </SPAN>Each instance of this element
defines an additional page which is added to the New Project wizard.<SPAN
	style="mso-spacerun:yes">&nbsp; </SPAN>Pages are added after the
default pages provided by MBS.<SPAN style="mso-spacerun:yes">&nbsp; </SPAN>Pages
are added in the order they are discovered.</P>
<P class="MsoNormal">Note that the IWizardPage interface allows a page
to specify programmatically and dynamically at runtime what its previous
and next pages are.<SPAN style="mso-spacerun:yes">&nbsp; </SPAN>This
element does not trump that behaviour, but rather just specifies the
order in which the pages are added to the wizard (and hence the order in
which the pages appear if they do not override the previous and next
page methods).</P>
<P class="MsoNormal">For convenience, here is a UML class diagram of the
IWizardPage interface.<BR>
<BR>
<IMG border="0" src="IWizardPage.jpeg" width="176" height="196" alt="UML class diagram of the IWizardPage interface">
<BR>
<BR><A name="OLE_LINK10"></A><A name="OLE_LINK9"><SPAN
	style="mso-bookmark:OLE_LINK10">Wizard pages as GUI elements by
themselves are really not all that useful.<SPAN style="mso-spacerun:yes">&nbsp;
</SPAN>More than likely if someone is defining their own wizard pages
it's because they need some additional operations to happen upon project
creation in addition to the stock behaviour of creating a basic project,
and they want to use their new wizard pages to provide a front end to
these operations.</SPAN></A></P>

<p>Note that during the display of the wizard page, and the user possibly
entering information, no permanent changes should be executed, since the user
can abort the creation of the new project at any time.  For this reason,
the actual changes indicated on the wizard pages should be executed
once the user has completed the new project wizard: after the "Finish" button
has been selected. User data can be saved in a storage area for any of these
pages, and retrieved later when needed.

<P><SPAN style="mso-bookmark:OLE_LINK9"><SPAN style="mso-bookmark:OLE_LINK10">
As such, along with a specification
of the GUI wizard page, ISVs may specify a runnable operation that will
be executed in the wizard's doRunEpilogue() method,
after the new project creation is committed.

These contributions will all be
executed in the order that the wizard pages were added to the wizard.<SPAN
	style="mso-spacerun:yes">&nbsp; </SPAN>Not all pages need have such a
contribution however, as ISVs may need to perform all the operations
associated with their pages as a group.<SPAN style="mso-spacerun:yes">&nbsp;
</SPAN>In cases such as this the ISV can define an operation for one of
the pages and it can pull data from any of the other pages as required.</SPAN></SPAN>

</P>
<P>wizardPage
Element Schema:</P>
<TABLE class="MsoTableGrid" border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"
	style="border-collapse:collapse;mso-table-layout-alt:fixed;border:none;
 mso-border-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;mso-yfti-tbllook:480;mso-padding-alt:
 0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt;mso-border-insideh:.5pt solid windowtext;mso-border-insidev:
 .5pt solid windowtext">
	<TR style="mso-yfti-irow:0">
		<TD width="151" valign="top"
			style="width:4.0cm;border:solid windowtext 1.0pt;
  mso-border-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;padding:0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt">
		<P class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:0cm">Attribute</P>
		</TD>
		<TD width="363" valign="top"
			style="width:272.4pt;border:solid windowtext 1.0pt;
  border-left:none;mso-border-left-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;mso-border-alt:
  solid windowtext .5pt;padding:0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt">
		<P class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:0cm">Description</P>
		</TD>
		<TD width="81" valign="top"
			style="width:60.6pt;border:solid windowtext 1.0pt;
  border-left:none;mso-border-left-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;mso-border-alt:
  solid windowtext .5pt;padding:0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt">
		<P class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:0cm">Required?</P>
		</TD>
	</TR>
	<TR style="mso-yfti-irow:1">
		<TD width="151" valign="top"
			style="width:4.0cm;border:solid windowtext 1.0pt;
  border-top:none;mso-border-top-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;mso-border-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;
  padding:0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt">
		<P class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:0cm">Id</P>
		</TD>
		<TD width="363" valign="top"
			style="width:272.4pt;border-top:none;border-left:
  none;border-bottom:solid windowtext 1.0pt;border-right:solid windowtext 1.0pt;
  mso-border-top-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;mso-border-left-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;
  mso-border-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;padding:0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt">
		<P class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:0cm">A unique identifier for
		the page which will be used to reference the page</P>
		</TD>
		<TD width="81" valign="top"
			style="width:60.6pt;border-top:none;border-left:none;
  border-bottom:solid windowtext 1.0pt;border-right:solid windowtext 1.0pt;
  mso-border-top-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;mso-border-left-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;
  mso-border-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;padding:0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt">
		<P class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:0cm">Yes</P>
		</TD>
	</TR>
	<TR style="mso-yfti-irow:2">
		<TD width="151" valign="top"
			style="width:4.0cm;border:solid windowtext 1.0pt;
  border-top:none;mso-border-top-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;mso-border-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;
  padding:0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt">
		<P class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:0cm">pageClass</P>
		</TD>
		<TD width="363" valign="top"
			style="width:272.4pt;border-top:none;border-left:
  none;border-bottom:solid windowtext 1.0pt;border-right:solid windowtext 1.0pt;
  mso-border-top-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;mso-border-left-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;
  mso-border-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;padding:0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt">
		<P class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:0cm">Specifies the Java class
		which implements the added page.<SPAN style="mso-spacerun:yes">&nbsp;
		</SPAN>This class must implement the <A
			name="OLE_LINK7"><SPAN style="mso-bookmark:OLE_LINK8"><span style="font-family:Courier New">
			org.eclipse.jface.wizard.IWizardPage</span>
		</SPAN></A>interface</P>
		</TD>
		<TD width="81" valign="top"
			style="width:60.6pt;border-top:none;border-left:none;
  border-bottom:solid windowtext 1.0pt;border-right:solid windowtext 1.0pt;
  mso-border-top-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;mso-border-left-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;
  mso-border-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;padding:0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt">
		<P class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:0cm">Yes</P>
		</TD>
	</TR>
	<TR style="mso-yfti-irow:3;mso-yfti-lastrow:yes">
		<TD width="151" valign="top"
			style="width:4.0cm;border:solid windowtext 1.0pt;
  border-top:none;mso-border-top-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;mso-border-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;
  padding:0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt">
		<P class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:0cm">operationClass</P>
		</TD>
		<TD width="363" valign="top"
			style="width:272.4pt;border-top:none;border-left:
  none;border-bottom:solid windowtext 1.0pt;border-right:solid windowtext 1.0pt;
  mso-border-top-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;mso-border-left-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;
  mso-border-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;padding:0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt">
		<P class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:0cm">Specifies the Java class
		which implements the operations associated with this page.<SPAN
			style="mso-spacerun:yes">&nbsp; </SPAN>The class must implement the
		
		<span style="font-family:Courier New">java.lang.Runnable</span> interface</P>
		</TD>
		<TD width="81" valign="top"
			style="width:60.6pt;border-top:none;border-left:none;
  border-bottom:solid windowtext 1.0pt;border-right:solid windowtext 1.0pt;
  mso-border-top-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;mso-border-left-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;
  mso-border-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;padding:0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt">
		<P class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:0cm">No</P>
		</TD>
	</TR>
</TABLE>
<P><A name="_Ref99249701">7.14.1.1.2 projectType element</A></P>
<P class="MsoNormal">This is an optional child element of wizardPage
which specifies a projectType for which the additional pages should
apply.<SPAN style="mso-spacerun:yes">&nbsp; </SPAN>One instance of this
element is provided per toolchain supported by the page.</P>
<P class="MsoNormal">If no projectType elements are specified, then it
is assumed that the page potentially applies to all projectTypes,
although it may still be excluded based on <A
	name="OLE_LINK5"><SPAN style="mso-bookmark:OLE_LINK6">toolchain (<SPAN
	style='mso-field-code:" REF _Ref98746447 \\r \\h "'>7.14.1.1.3</SPAN>) </SPAN></A>or project nature (<SPAN
	style='mso-field-code:" REF _Ref98746447 \\r \\h "'>7.14.1.1.4</SPAN>).</P>
<P>projectType Element Schema:</P>
<TABLE class="MsoTableGrid" border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"
	style="border-collapse:collapse;mso-table-layout-alt:fixed;border:none;
 mso-border-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;mso-yfti-tbllook:480;mso-padding-alt:
 0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt;mso-border-insideh:.5pt solid windowtext;mso-border-insidev:
 .5pt solid windowtext">
	<TR style="mso-yfti-irow:0">
		<TD width="151" valign="top"
			style="width:4.0cm;border:solid windowtext 1.0pt;
  mso-border-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;padding:0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt">
		<P class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:0cm">Attribute</P>
		</TD>
		<TD width="363" valign="top"
			style="width:272.4pt;border:solid windowtext 1.0pt;
  border-left:none;mso-border-left-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;mso-border-alt:
  solid windowtext .5pt;padding:0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt">
		<P class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:0cm">Description</P>
		</TD>
		<TD width="81" valign="top"
			style="width:60.6pt;border:solid windowtext 1.0pt;
  border-left:none;mso-border-left-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;mso-border-alt:
  solid windowtext .5pt;padding:0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt">
		<P class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:0cm">Required?</P>
		</TD>
	</TR>
	<TR style="mso-yfti-irow:1;mso-yfti-lastrow:yes">
		<TD width="151" valign="top"
			style="width:4.0cm;border:solid windowtext 1.0pt;
  border-top:none;mso-border-top-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;mso-border-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;
  padding:0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt">
		<P class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:0cm">projectTypeID</P>
		</TD>
		<TD width="363" valign="top"
			style="width:272.4pt;border-top:none;border-left:
  none;border-bottom:solid windowtext 1.0pt;border-right:solid windowtext 1.0pt;
  mso-border-top-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;mso-border-left-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;
  mso-border-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;padding:0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt">
		<P class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:0cm">The unique ID of a
		projectType for which this page should appear.</P>
		</TD>
		<TD width="81" valign="top"
			style="width:60.6pt;border-top:none;border-left:none;
  border-bottom:solid windowtext 1.0pt;border-right:solid windowtext 1.0pt;
  mso-border-top-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;mso-border-left-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;
  mso-border-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;padding:0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt">
		<P class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:0cm">Yes</P>
		</TD>
	</TR>
</TABLE>
<P>7.14.1.1.3 toolchain Element</P>
<P class="MsoNormal">This is an optional child element of wizardPage
which specifies a toolchain for which the additional pages should apply.<SPAN
	style="mso-spacerun:yes">&nbsp; </SPAN>One instance of this element is
provided per toolchain supported by the page.</P>
<P class="MsoNormal"><A name="OLE_LINK1"><SPAN
	style="mso-bookmark:OLE_LINK2">If no toolchain elements are specified,
then it is assumed that the page potentially applies to all toolchains,
although it may still be excluded based on project type (<SPAN
	style='mso-field-code:" REF _Ref99249701 \\r \\h "'>7.14.1.1.2</SPAN>) or project nature (<SPAN
	style='mso-field-code:
" REF _Ref98746447 \\r \\h "'>7.14.1.1.4</SPAN>)</SPAN></A></P>
<P class="MsoNormal">

























<SPAN style="mso-bookmark:OLE_LINK2"></SPAN>toolchain
Element Schema</P>
<TABLE class="MsoTableGrid" border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"
	style="border-collapse:collapse;mso-table-layout-alt:fixed;border:none;
 mso-border-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;mso-yfti-tbllook:480;mso-padding-alt:
 0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt;mso-border-insideh:.5pt solid windowtext;mso-border-insidev:
 .5pt solid windowtext">
	<TR style="mso-yfti-irow:0">
		<TD width="151" valign="top"
			style="width:4.0cm;border:solid windowtext 1.0pt;
  mso-border-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;padding:0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt">
		<P class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:0cm">Attribute</P>
		</TD>
		<TD width="363" valign="top"
			style="width:272.4pt;border:solid windowtext 1.0pt;
  border-left:none;mso-border-left-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;mso-border-alt:
  solid windowtext .5pt;padding:0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt">
		<P class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:0cm">Description</P>
		</TD>
		<TD width="81" valign="top"
			style="width:60.6pt;border:solid windowtext 1.0pt;
  border-left:none;mso-border-left-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;mso-border-alt:
  solid windowtext .5pt;padding:0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt">
		<P class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:0cm">Required?</P>
		</TD>
	</TR>
	<TR style="mso-yfti-irow:1">
		<TD width="151" valign="top"
			style="width:4.0cm;border:solid windowtext 1.0pt;
  border-top:none;mso-border-top-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;mso-border-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;
  padding:0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt">
		<P class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:0cm">toolchainID</P>
		</TD>
		<TD width="363" valign="top"
			style="width:272.4pt;border-top:none;border-left:
  none;border-bottom:solid windowtext 1.0pt;border-right:solid windowtext 1.0pt;
  mso-border-top-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;mso-border-left-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;
  mso-border-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;padding:0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt">
		<P class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:0cm">The unique ID of a
		toolchain for which this page should appear.</P>
		</TD>
		<TD width="81" valign="top"
			style="width:60.6pt;border-top:none;border-left:none;
  border-bottom:solid windowtext 1.0pt;border-right:solid windowtext 1.0pt;
  mso-border-top-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;mso-border-left-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;
  mso-border-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;padding:0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt">
		<P class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:0cm">Yes</P>
		</TD>
	</TR>
	<TR style="mso-yfti-irow:2;mso-yfti-lastrow:yes">
		<TD width="151" valign="top"
			style="width:4.0cm;border:solid windowtext 1.0pt;
  border-top:none;mso-border-top-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;mso-border-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;
  padding:0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt">
		<P class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:0cm">versionsSupported</P>
		</TD>
		<TD width="363" valign="top"
			style="width:272.4pt;border-top:none;border-left:
  none;border-bottom:solid windowtext 1.0pt;border-right:solid windowtext 1.0pt;
  mso-border-top-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;mso-border-left-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;
  mso-border-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;padding:0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt">
		<P class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:0cm">A comma separated list of
		specific versions of the toolchain that are supported by the page.<SPAN
			style="mso-spacerun:yes">&nbsp; </SPAN>If not specified, it is
		assumed that this page supports the toolchain regardless of version.</P>
		</TD>
		<TD width="81" valign="top"
			style="width:60.6pt;border-top:none;border-left:none;
  border-bottom:solid windowtext 1.0pt;border-right:solid windowtext 1.0pt;
  mso-border-top-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;mso-border-left-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;
  mso-border-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;padding:0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt">
		<P class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:0cm">No</P>
		</TD>
	</TR>


</TABLE>
<P><A name="_Ref98746447">7.14.1.1.4 nature Element</A></P>
<P class="MsoNormal">This optional child element of wizardPage specifies
the project nature(s) for which the additional pages should apply. <SPAN
	style="mso-spacerun:yes">&nbsp;</SPAN><SPAN style="mso-spacerun:yes">&nbsp;</SPAN>One
instance of this element is provided per nature supported.</P>
<P class="MsoNormal"><SPAN style="mso-spacerun:yes"></SPAN>This
would for example allow one to add pages to the New Managed C Project
wizard but not the New Managed C++ project wizard, or other hypothetical
natures that might be supported by MBS in the future (e.g. someday there
might be a Fortran nature).</P>
<P class="MsoNormal">If no natureID elements are specified, then it is
assumed that the page potentially applies to all project natures,
although it may still be excluded based on project type (<SPAN
	style='mso-field-code:" REF _Ref99249701 \\r \\h "'>7.14.1.1.2</SPAN>) or toolchain (<SPAN
	style='mso-field-code:" REF _Ref98746447 \\r \\h "'>7.14.1.1.3</SPAN>)</P>
<P>natureID element Schema:</P>
<TABLE class="MsoTableGrid" border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"
	style="border-collapse:collapse;mso-table-layout-alt:fixed;border:none;
 mso-border-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;mso-yfti-tbllook:480;mso-padding-alt:
 0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt;mso-border-insideh:.5pt solid windowtext;mso-border-insidev:
 .5pt solid windowtext">
	<TR style="mso-yfti-irow:0">
		<TD width="151" valign="top"
			style="width:4.0cm;border:solid windowtext 1.0pt;
  mso-border-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;padding:0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt">
		<P class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:0cm">Attribute</P>
		</TD>
		<TD width="363" valign="top"
			style="width:272.4pt;border:solid windowtext 1.0pt;
  border-left:none;mso-border-left-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;mso-border-alt:
  solid windowtext .5pt;padding:0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt">
		<P class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:0cm">Description</P>
		</TD>
		<TD width="81" valign="top"
			style="width:60.6pt;border:solid windowtext 1.0pt;
  border-left:none;mso-border-left-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;mso-border-alt:
  solid windowtext .5pt;padding:0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt">
		<P class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:0cm">Required?</P>
		</TD>
	</TR>
	<TR style="mso-yfti-irow:1;mso-yfti-lastrow:yes">
		<TD width="151" valign="top"
			style="width:4.0cm;border:solid windowtext 1.0pt;
  border-top:none;mso-border-top-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;mso-border-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;
  padding:0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt">
		<P class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:0cm">natureID</P>
		</TD>
		<TD width="363" valign="top"
			style="width:272.4pt;border-top:none;border-left:
  none;border-bottom:solid windowtext 1.0pt;border-right:solid windowtext 1.0pt;
  mso-border-top-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;mso-border-left-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;
  mso-border-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;padding:0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt">
		<P class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:0cm">The unique ID of a nature
		(org.eclipse.core.resources.natures) for which this page should
		appear.</P>
		</TD>
		<TD width="81" valign="top"
			style="width:60.6pt;border-top:none;border-left:none;
  border-bottom:solid windowtext 1.0pt;border-right:solid windowtext 1.0pt;
  mso-border-top-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;mso-border-left-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;
  mso-border-alt:solid windowtext .5pt;padding:0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt">
		<P class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:0cm">Yes</P>
		</TD>
	</TR>


</TABLE>
<P class="MsoNormal"><BR>
<BR>7.14.2 High-Level Architecture<BR>
<BR>7.14.2.1 System Overview<BR>
<BR>The custom wizard pages subsystem in MBS is responsible for managing:</P>
<UL>
	<LI>Which pages exist in the system, and their associated attributes</LI>
	<LI>

	Whether pages should be shown in a given
	wizard based upon what options the user has selected in previous pages
	(i.e. project nature, toolchain, project type).</LI>
	<LI>What order pages are shown in as the user navigates the wizard</LI>
	<LI>

	What operations should be executed in
	association to the page during the wizard's doRunEpilogue() method.</LI>
	
</UL>
<P><BR>The main entry point to the system is a central manager class called MBSCustomPageManager.<SPAN style="mso-spacerun:yes">&nbsp; </SPAN>This
class is responsible for managing classes which handle the
aggregation of page data (MBSCustomPageData).</P>
<P class="MsoNormal">For convenience sake, an abstract base class for wizard pages exists (MBSCustomPage) which ISVs can subclass to implement the default behaviour of
allowing the page manager to completely control the ordering of pages.</P>
<P class="MsoNormal">The following class diagram shows how these
new classes fit into the existing wizard system in MBS in terms of class
hierarchies and associations.<BR><BR>
<IMG border="0" src="classdiagram.jpeg" width="1454" height="1711" alt="High level view of MBS wizard system">
</P>
<H5>Figure 12: High level view of MBS wizard system</H5>
<P><BR>
As you can see in Figure 12, there are two MBS wizards, one for C projects and one for C++. These
wizards ultimately inherit some of their behaviour from the generic
wizards provided by the CDT's core UI. There are several wizard pages that always appear in the MBS wizard, which allow the user to select the project name, project location, and MBS project type for their project. The wizards defer to the MBSCustomPageManager to handle any custom pages that might be present in the system.</P>
<P><BR>7.14.3 Low-Level Architecture
</P>
<P><BR>Drilling down into the custom wizard page system itself, we see the following:<BR>
<BR>
<IMG border="0" src="classdiagram2.jpeg" width="776" height="1052" alt="High level view of custom wizard system">
</P>
<H5>Figure 12: High level view of custom wizard system</H5>
<P><BR>The MBSCustomPageManager class is the main entry point to the system. It is responsible for loading all of the extensions which provide custom wizard pages, and storing that data for later use by the wizard. It keeps a list of records of these pages (MBSCustomPageData) which act as a repository for everything that needs to be known about the page, including what circumstances it should be shown under, and what actual IWizardPage should be shown when the page is displayed.<BR>
<BR>For convenience, there is an abstract base class (MBSCustomPage) which ISVs can subclass to get the most commonly desired behaviour from their pages. Most notably, the provided implementation contained in this class consults the MBSCustomPageManager to determine what wizard pages appear before and after the page, which is necessary to ensure that all custom pages in the system are displayed when they should be.<BR>
<BR>7.14.3.1 <SPAN style="mso-list:Ignore">M</SPAN>BSCustomPageManager</P>
<P class="MsoNormal">This class is responsible
for:</P>
<UL>
	<LI>Maintaining the set of custom pages as
discovered by the wizard and allowing them to be referenced by string ID</LI>
	<LI>Managing the published data which pages wish to
make available to other pages</LI>
	<LI>
	Managing 
	the visibility and ordering of custom pages within the wizard as the
	user navigates between pages.</LI>
</UL>
<P><BR>This class is a singleton.
All non-constructor methods are static.</P>
<P class="MsoNormal">When the wizard is initialized, it
makes a call to MBSCustomPageManager.loadExtensions(). This method looks for contributions to the org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.ui.newWizardPages
extension point.<SPAN
	style="mso-spacerun:yes">&nbsp; </SPAN>The loaded data is used to
instantiate and populate an MBSCustomPageData object for each page
discovered.</P>
<P class="MsoNormal">As the user manipulates the wizard, each page can
publish data they wish to export for use by other pages, or for use by the optional Runnable operation that
may execute when the wizard pages are completed. 
<SPAN style="mso-spacerun:yes">&nbsp; </SPAN>This is done via the
addPageProperty() method, which allows for the storage of string data by
string key, using the string ID of the page as a sort of namespace.<SPAN style="mso-spacerun:yes">&nbsp; </SPAN>The data can be
retrieved by other pages via the getPageProperty() method, and this is the standard way for pages to interface to each other.</P>
<P class="MsoNormal">Individual pages are expected to somehow consult
the getNextPage() and getPreviousPage() methods of the manager when
their own getNextPage() and getPreviousPage() methods are called by the
wizard.<SPAN style="mso-spacerun:yes">&nbsp; </SPAN>This allows the
pages to properly navigate amongst each other while taking into account
user choices such as project nature, toolchain, and project type.<SPAN
	style="mso-spacerun:yes">&nbsp; </SPAN>It should be noted that the
manager can only do so much as it fills the role of an advisor.<SPAN
	style="mso-spacerun:yes">&nbsp; </SPAN>Custom pages are still
theoretically free to ignore its existence, although this is strongly
discouraged.<BR>
<BR>
<IMG border="0" src="MBSCustomPageManager.jpeg" width="243" height="585" alt="UML diagram of MBSCustomPageManager">
<BR>
<BR>


</P>
<P><SPAN style="mso-bookmark:
OLE_LINK12">7.14.3.2 MBSCustomPageData</SPAN>
<SPAN style="mso-bookmark:OLE_LINK12"></SPAN><SPAN
	style="mso-bookmark:OLE_LINK11"></SPAN></P>
<P class="MsoNormal">This class provides data aggregation capabilities
for the page manager to store information on a custom wizard page.<SPAN
	style="mso-spacerun:yes">&nbsp; </SPAN>On startup, the page manager
loads all contributions to the newWizardPages extension point, and
stores the loaded data in these records for later use. There is a nested class, ToolchainData, which is used to maintain information on each individual toolchain that a given custom page supports. The MBSCustomPage manager calls various methods on this class (e.g. MBSCustomPageData.shouldBeVisibleForNature()) to determine when a given page should be visible in the wizard.<BR>
<BR>
<IMG border="0" src="MBSCustomPageData.jpeg" width="238" height="604" alt="UML diagram of MBSCustomPageData">
</P>
<P><BR>
<SPAN style="mso-bookmark:
OLE_LINK12">7.14.3.3 

</SPAN>MBSCustomPage

</P>
<P class="MsoNormal">This abstract class provides a convenient, partial
implementation of the IWizardPage interface.<SPAN
	style="mso-spacerun:yes">&nbsp; </SPAN>This class provides
implementations of the getNextPage() and getPreviousPage() methods which
consult with the page manager to determine which pages are to be
displayed.<SPAN style="mso-spacerun:yes">&nbsp; </SPAN>If an ISV's
custom pages do not subclass MBSCustomPage then their page
implementation must be carefully coded to function properly while still
respecting the rules laid out by the page manager.<BR>
<BR>
<IMG border="0" src="MBSCustomPage.jpeg" width="199" height="234" alt="UML diagram of MBSCustomPage">
<BR>
<BR>7.14.4 Limitations<BR>
<BR>


<A name="_Toc526070826">Currently there is no way for ISVs to
intermingle their wizard pages amidst the ones defined in MBS, or amidst
the ones created by other plugins in general.<SPAN
	style="mso-spacerun:yes">&nbsp; </SPAN>In the future it might be
possible to provide an extension point which would allow an ISV to
customize this ordering for their product.</A></P>
<P class="MsoNormal"><SPAN style="mso-bookmark:_Toc526070826">This would
be problematic though as it would be possible for multiple ISVs to
attempt to specify such an ordering within the same installation of
Eclipse/CDT.</SPAN></P>
<P class="MsoNormal"><SPAN style="mso-bookmark:_Toc526070826">It would
also be problematic as certain custom pages would rely on the selected
project type or toolchain, and with a reordering mechanism, ISVs would
have to be careful to not try to put such pages ahead of the page on
which that data is selected.<SPAN style="mso-spacerun:yes">&nbsp; </SPAN>If
a developer were reordering pages that they themselves did not create,
they would have to tread extremely carefully to properly manage these
and other ordering constraints.</SPAN></P>
<p class="subsection"><a name="_TocSectionStartup_15"></a><a name="_TocSectionTutorial_18"> 7.15 Defining Startup Behavior for Configuration Loading</a></p>
  <p>Tool integrators may require that a plugin contain all the build configurations before projects are loaded. Use of this interface insures that a plugin will have access to build configurations before project inforamation is loaded in the workbench. Two methods can be used to access configuration information just after build definitions have been loaded and then again after the build definitions have been resolved. Added as enhancement to <a href="https://bugs.eclipse.org/bugs/show_bug.cgi?id=123275">bug 123275</a>. </p>
  <blockquote>
    <p class="style1">	public interface IManagedBuildDefinitionsStartup {</p>
    <blockquote>
      <p class="style1">String BUILD_DEFINITION_STARTUP = &quot;buildDefinitionStartup&quot;; //$NON-NLS-1$<br>
        String CLASS_ATTRIBUTE = &quot;class&quot;; //$NON-NLS-1$<br>
        <br>
        /**<br>
        * Any work you want to do on build definitions after they have been loaded but before they have been resolved.<br>
        */<br>
        void buildDefsLoaded();<br>
        <br>
        /**<br>
        * Any work you want to do on build definitions after they have been resolved.<br>
        */<br>
      void buildDefsResolved();</p>
    </blockquote>
    <p class="style1">} </p>
  </blockquote>
  <a name="_TocSectionTutorial_18"></a>
  <p>&nbsp;</p>
  <p class="section"><a name="_TocSectionAdvanced"> Advanced Features</a></p>
  <p class="subsection"><a name="_TocSectionAdvanced_1">8.1 Converting CDT 2.0 Manifest Files</a></p>

<p class="MsoNormal">The CDT 2.1 Managed Build System (MBS) defined a new object 
model for tool integrators to use when integrating their tool definitions.&nbsp; 
The CDT 3.0 model is upward compatible with the CDT 2.1 model with the exception 
of the ToolChain.scannerInfoCollector attribute.&nbsp; CDT 2.0 manifest files continue to be supported, but it is recommended that 
integrators use the new model when possible.&nbsp; New functionality that is added to MBS will be added to the new object model, and not necessarily to the old object 
model.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">The figure below shows the CDT 2.0 
object model.&nbsp; The CDT 3.0 object model is shown earlier in the document.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal">&nbsp;<img style="border: 0px solid ;"
 src="./image004.gif"
 title="Figure 12 CDT 2.0 Managed build model elements"
 alt="UML model of schema elements"></p>
<h5>Figure 12 CDT 2.0 Managed build model elements</h5>
<p class="MsoNormal">Below are the detailed instructions for converting a 
manifest from the old model to the new model.</p>
<h3 class="subsection">8.1.1 MBS Manifest Extension Point</h3>
<p class="MsoNormal">The old object model defines the 
org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.ManagedBuildInfo extension point.&nbsp; The new 
model defines the org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.buildDefinitions extension 
point.&nbsp; Both old model and new model definitions can be defined in the same 
manifest file, but all of the identifiers (ids) assigned to both old and new 
model elements must be unique within MBS.&nbsp; No two elements can have the same id no 
matter whether they originate in the same or different manifest files.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">See the CDT 2.0 Gnu tool-chain 
definitions for an example of the old model (org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.ui\plugin.xml).&nbsp; 
See the CDT 2.1 Gnu tool-chain definitions for an example of the new model.</p>
<h3 class="subsection">8.1.2 MBS 2.0 Target Element</h3>
<p class="MsoNormal">The new model does not define a target element.&nbsp; The 
information defined in a target element in a 2.0 manifest file has been split up 
into the ProjectType, ToolChain, Builder, and TargetPlatform elements in the new 
model.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">The Target attributes <em>name, id, 
isTest </em>and<em> isAbstract</em> should be transferred to a new ProjectType 
element in the new model.&nbsp; The <em>id</em> assigned to the Target must be 
transferred to the new ProjectType element without change.&nbsp; Otherwise, projects 
created using your integration with CDT 1.2 or 2.0.x will not be able to be 
converted.&nbsp; There is no tool integrator intervention into the conversion process 
yet, but this is a high priority for CDT 3.0.</p>
<h3 class="subsection">8.1.3 MBS 2.0 Configuration Element</h3>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">The Configuration children of the 
Target element are made Configuration children of the new ProjectType element.&nbsp; 
The Configuration <em>name </em>and <em>&nbsp;id</em> attributes should be transferred 
with the Configuration.&nbsp; The <em>id</em> assigned to the Configuration must remain 
unchanged in order to support the conversion of old model project files.&nbsp; The 
Target attributes <em>artifactName, cleanCommand </em>and <em>errorParsers </em>
attributes should be transferred to the Configuration element.&nbsp; The Target <em>
defaultExtension </em>attribute should be transferred to the Configuration 
element 
as the <em>artifactExtension </em>attribute (Note the name change).</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">A new ToolChain element should be 
created as the child of each Configuration element.&nbsp; The <em>name</em> and <em>id</em> 
of the ToolChain are not dependent upon the name of any of the old model 
objects.&nbsp; However, if you allow users to create CDT 2.1 projects using your CDT 
2.0 manifest file, then the <em>id</em> of your new ToolChain must be the parent 
Configuration <em>id, </em>appended with &ldquo;.toolchain&rdquo;.&nbsp; The Target <em>isAbstract, 
osList, </em>a<em>rchList</em> and <em>scannerInfoCollector </em>attributes are 
transferred to the ToolChain element.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">A new Builder element can be 
created as the child of each ToolChain element.&nbsp; The <em>name</em> and <em>id</em> of 
the Builder are not dependent upon the name of any of the old model elements.&nbsp; 
However, if you allow users to create CDT 2.1 projects using your CDT 2.0 
manifest file, then the <em>id</em> of your new Builder must be the parent 
Configuration <em>id, </em>appended with &ldquo;.builder&rdquo;.&nbsp; The target <em>isAbstract</em> 
attribute is transferred to the Builder element.&nbsp; <em>&nbsp;</em>The target <em>
makeCommand</em> attribute should be transferred to the Builder element as the <em>
command </em>attribute (Note the name change).<em>&nbsp; </em>The target <em>
makeArguments </em>attribute should be transferred to the Builder element as the
<em>arguments </em>attribute (Note the name change).<em>&nbsp; </em>The target <em>
makefileGenerator </em>attribute should be transferred to the Builder element as 
the <em>buildfileGenerator </em>attribute (Note the name change).</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">A new TargetPlatform element can be 
created as the child of each ToolChain element.&nbsp; The <em>name</em> and <em>id</em> of 
the TargetPlatform are not dependent upon the name of any of the old model 
elements.&nbsp; However, if you allow users to create CDT 2.1 projects using your CDT 
2.0 manifest file, then the <em>id</em> of your new TargetPlatform must be the 
parent Configuration <em>id, </em>appended with &ldquo;.targetplatform&rdquo;.&nbsp; The target <em>
isAbstract</em> and <em>binaryParser </em>attributes are transferred to the 
TargetPlatform element.&nbsp; The TargetPlatform element contains <em>osList </em>and <em>
archList</em> attributes that specify the architecture(s) and operating system(s) 
on which the Configuration&rsquo;s build artifact(s) execute.&nbsp; You can transfer the 
Target <em>osList </em>and <em>archList</em> attributes if appropriate.</p>
<h3 class="subsection">8.1.4 MBS 2.0 Tool Element</h3>
<p class="MsoNormal">The old model allows Tools to be defined at the top level 
scope in the manifest file.&nbsp; This is still true in the new model.&nbsp; In addition, 
the new model allows Configuration, ToolChain, Builder and TargetPlatform 
elements to be defined at the top level scope in the manifest file.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">In the old model, Tool elements can 
also be specified as the children of Target elements.&nbsp; In the new model, Tool 
elements are children of ToolChain elements.&nbsp; Old model Tool elements need to be 
added as the child of each ToolChain that uses the Tool.&nbsp; All of the old model 
Tool attributes are supported by the new model.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">The <em>id</em> assigned to the Tool 
must remain unchanged in order to support the conversion of old model project 
files.&nbsp; The <em>outputs </em>attribute no longer defaults to an empty string.&nbsp; If 
your Tool produces files by default with no extension, you must specify 
&lsquo;outputs=&rdquo;&rdquo;&rsquo; in the definition of the Tool or one of its ancestors (<em>superClass</em>).</p>
<h3 class="subsection">8.1.5 MBS 2.0 ToolReference Element</h3>
<p class="MsoNormal">The new model does not define a ToolReference element.&nbsp; 
Instead, a Tool element can specify the <em>superClass</em> attribute in order to 
provide the same functionality.&nbsp; That is, specifying a Tool that inherits 
attributes from another Tool and can override one or more attributes.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">The old model uses ToolReferences 
in two ways.&nbsp; They can be specified as the child of a Configuration element.&nbsp; In 
this case, the ToolReference should be converted a Tool element child of the 
Configuration&rsquo;s ToolChain, transferring the value of the <em>id </em>attribute to 
the Tool <em>superClass </em>attribute.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">A ToolReference can also be 
specified as the child of a Target element.&nbsp; In this case, the ToolReference 
applies to all of the Configuration children of the Target.&nbsp; These ToolReference 
elements need to be converted to Tool elements and added as the child of each ToolChain that uses the Tool.</p>
<h3 class="subsection">8.1.6 MBS 2.0 Option Element</h3>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">All of the old model Option 
attributes are supported by the new model.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">The <em>id</em> assigned to the 
Option must remain unchanged in order to support the conversion of old model 
project files.</p>
<h3 class="subsection">8.1.7 MBS 2.0 OptionReference Element</h3>
<p class="MsoNormal">The new model does not define an OptionReference element.&nbsp; 
Instead, an Option element can specify the <em>superClass</em> attribute in order 
to provide the same functionality.&nbsp; That is, specifying an Option that inherits 
attributes from another Option and can override one or more attributes.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-top:6.0pt">All OptionReference elements should 
be converted to Option elements, transferring the value of the <em>id </em>
attribute to the Option <em>superClass </em>attribute.</p>
<h3 class="subsection">8.1.8 MBS 2.0 OptionCategory, EnumeratedOptionValue, ListOptionValue 
Elements</h3>
<p class="MsoNormal">There are no changes to these elements.</p>
<h3 class="subsection">8.1.9 MBS 2.0 DynamicElementProvider Element</h3>
<p class="MsoNormal">This element is supported in the same manner as in CDT 2.0, 
with the exception that the dynamic elements returned by the provider must use 
the new object model.</p>
<p class="subsection"><a name="_TocSectionAdvanced_2">8.2 Supporting Multiple Versions of a Tool-chain</a></p>
<p>This section will be provided in a future version of the document.&nbsp; For 
now, refer to the Tool-chain Multi-version Support design document in bugzilla 
#89872.</p>
</body>
</html>

Back to the top